26756730 Glass Handbook

126
H A N D B O O K glass handbook

Transcript of 26756730 Glass Handbook

Page 1: 26756730 Glass Handbook

Sydney

NEW ZEALAND

Auckland

Melbourne

Eagle Farm

Logan City

Narangba

AUSTRALIA

Perth

Singapore

Senai

MALAYSIA

Brisbane

Rockhampton

Mackay

Hervey BayGympieSunshine Coast

Gold CoastLismore

Townsville

Cairns

BundabergGladstone

IpswichToowoomba

QueenslandG.James Safety Glass Pty. Ltd.1007 Kingsford Smith Drive, Eagle Farm, BrisbanePh: 61 7 3877 2866 Fax: 61 7 3877 2295

Other G. James branches are located at:Queensland:Logan City, Narangba, Ipswich, Gold Coast, Toowoomba,Sunshine Coast, Gympie, Hervey Bay, Bundaberg,Gladstone, Rockhampton, Mackay, Townsville & Cairns

New South Wales:LismoreWestern Australia:Perth

Asia Pacific:Auckland (New Zealand) & Singapore

New South WalesG. James Safety Glass Pty. Ltd.26 Long Street, Smithfield, SydneyPh: 61 2 9732 2111 Fax: 61 2 9732 2199

VictoriaG. James Safety Glass Pty. Ltd.217 Rex Road, Campbellfield, MelbournePh: 61 3 9219 2000 Fax: 61 3 9219 2099

Asia PacificG. James Industries (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.Lot 2596, Jalan Perindustrian 3, KawasanPerindustrian Senai Fasa 11, 81 400 Senai, Johor, MalaysiaPh: 60 7 599 3266 Fax: 60 7 599 3212

See us on the web: www.gjames.com.au

H A N D B O O K

glass handbookF

IR

ST

E

DI

TI

ON

RHA0101 gjames h'book cover 1/8/00 12:28 PM Page 1

Page 2: 26756730 Glass Handbook

is glassH A N D B O O K

F I R S T E D I T I O N

Page 3: 26756730 Glass Handbook

Forward

The G.James Group is the most comprehensive and technologically advanced processor of glass

in the Asia Pacific region. Significant investment in training, technology, equipment, business

resources, infrastructure, and quality control systems ensure that all processes - including

cutting, edging, laminating, toughening, double glazing, curving, coating, profiling and painting -

are to world best standards.

Today, G.James operates the only vacuum-coating glass plant in Australia. The Group’s

impressive in-house capability has led to it being the preferred supplier on many national and

international landmark projects.

With its worldwide reputation as an innovator of glass and associated products used in

residential, commercial and high rise monumental buildings, G.James is at the forefront of

developments within the glass industry.

Glass today is used to perform many functions other than its primary role of allowing light to

enter a building. Its applications can be visual, mechanical, structural, decorative, thermal,

architectural, artistic or a combination of any or all of these aspects. G.James provides a range of

services including design assistance, specification guidelines, product development, testing and

assessment to cover all of these elements.

This book has been compiled as a training and reference document for G.James employees,

tutors, students, architects, engineers, builders, those within and those entering our industry.

Whatever your interest, we trust we can pass on a greater understanding of this amazing and

versatile material - GLASS.

If you require further assistance or information on any of the material contained within this

handbook, please contact the G.James Technical Advisory Service on 1800 452 637.

Mr Joseph Saragossi, AO

Chairman of Directors

Page 4: 26756730 Glass Handbook

The G.James Story

The origin of the G.James Group ofCompanies began when the late GeorgeJames migrated from England in 1912. Heestablished a glass merchandising businessinitially at West End, Brisbane and then fromthe early 1920’s at 31 Bridge Street, FortitudeValley, Brisbane.

The business was based on buying cases ofglass from Australian and overseas sourcesand then selling to timber joiners. Hecommanded a large market coveringQueensland, the northern part of New SouthWales and as far south as Taree.

The business remained as such, with theaddition of some cutting and processing, untilthe death of George James in 1958. His son-in-law Mr Joseph Saragossi, together withJoseph’s wife Pearle and sister-in-law GertieBaratin, founded a private company andpurchased the G.James business. JosephSaragossi had served as a Radio Officer in theAmerican Armed Forces. He saw active duty inthe South West Pacific and after the warestablished a successful electrical contractingbusiness. He became the guiding force inbuilding the business from five employees toits present size and diversification.

Market conditions were changing, post warglass quotas were lifted and major customersbecame major competitors. In addition,aluminium framed joinery was beingintroduced threatening the existence of thetimber joiners, the most traditional and largestgroup of customers. These circumstancesbecame the motivation in changing thedirection from a glass merchant to a diversifiedwholesale, retail, contracting glass business aswell as a manufacturer and installer ofaluminium/glass window and door products foruse in the building industry (residential,commercial, industrial and monumental).

During the 1960’s aluminium largely replaced

timber for framed joinery and the company

relied heavily on imported extrusions and

glass to fulfil its requirements. Economic

growth during the late 60’s and 70’s led to the

procurement of custom made extrusions from

Australian producers thereby replacing

previously imported windows and extrusions

from the U.S.A.

As the product range gradually expanded, asmall network of regional branches wereestablished and fabrication facilities wereincreased. However with the limited availabilityof safety glass from within Australia and theconstant reliance on local extruders foraluminium profiles, G.James recognised theneed to become more autonomous. So beganwhat would become a perpetual program ofcapital acquisitions and the establishment ofstrategically located glass processing andservice facilities.

1977: Glass Toughening Plant commissioned atSmithfield, Sydney1986: Glass Laminating Facility opens atNarangba, Brisbane1987: Glass Toughening Plant commissioned atNarangba, Brisbane1989: Glass Toughening Plant opens atCampbellfield, Melbourne1994: Glass Laminating Factory commenced inSenai, Malaysia1996: Gas Convection Furnace (for HeatProcessing) installed at Narangba, Brisbane1998: Insulated Glass Unit Line opens at EagleFarm, Brisbane1998: Off-line, Vacuum Coating Glass Plantopens at Eagle Farm, Brisbane1999: Insulated Glass Unit Line installed atCampbellfield, Melbourne1999: Curved Toughened Glass Furnacecommissioned at Smithfield, Sydney1999: Glass Toughening Furnace commissionedat Senai, Malaysia

G.James now employs more than 2000 peopleinvolved in the manufacture, fabrication,processing and installation of a diverse rangeof glass and aluminium products.

G.James is today Australia’s leading integratedglass and aluminium manufacturer andcontractor.

G.James premises at 31 Bridge Street, Fortitude Valley in 1940, thecompany’s home for nearly fifty years.

Page 5: 26756730 Glass Handbook

TA

BL

E

OF

C

ON

TE

NT

S

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

TABLEOFCONTENTSTable of contents

Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

The G.James Story . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

1.0 Getting to Know Glass 6

1.1 A Brief History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

1.2 Glass Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

1.3 Thickness Tolerances for Glass . . . . . . . . 10

1.4 Glass Surface Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

1.5 Identifying the Coated Surface . . . . . . . . . 11

1.6 Glass Staining and Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

1.7 Care and Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

1.8 Glass Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

1.9 Breakage Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

1.10 Solar Spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

1.11 Thermal Breakage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

1.12 Fade Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

1.13 Daylight and Colour Perception . . . . . . . . 23

1.14 Sound Insulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

1.15 Spandrel Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

2.0 Float Glass 28

2.1 Clear Float. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

2.2 Tinted Float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

2.3 Supertints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

2.4 Low Iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

3.0 Laminated Safety Glass 30

3.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

3.2 Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

3.3 Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

3.4 Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

3.5 Optilight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

3.6 Cyclone Resistant Laminate. . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

3.7 Anti-Bandit Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

3.8 Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

4.0 Heat Treated Glass 34

4.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

4.2 Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

4.3 Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

4.4 Available Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

4.5 Manufacturing Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

4.6 Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

4.7 Colourlite (Ceramic Painted Glass) . . . . 41

4.8 Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

4.9 Heat Soak Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

5.0 Curved Toughened Glass 44

5.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

5.2 Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

5.3 Available Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

5.4 Maximum Sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

5.5 Measuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

5.6 Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

5.7 Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

5.8 Acceptance Criteria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

5.9 Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

6.0 Reflective & Coated Glass 48

6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

6.2 On-Line Coatings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

6.3 Solarplus (Off-line Coatings) . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

6.4 Handling Criteria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

6.5 Low E (Low Emissivity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

7.0 Insulated Glass Units 52

7.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

7.2 Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

7.3 Manufacturing Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

7.4 Properties and Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

7.5 Condensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

7.6 Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554

Page 6: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

TA

BL

E

OF

C

ON

TE

NT

S

8.0 Safety and Security Glass 56

8.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

8.2 ArmaClear – Bullet Resistant

(BR) Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

8.3 ArmaClear – Physical Attack

(PA) Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

8.4 ArmaClear – Prison Shield

(PS) Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

8.5 Train and Special Purpose

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

9.0 Special Purpose Glass 60

9.1 Mirrors (Silver Glass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

9.2 One-Way Mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

9.3 Convex Mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

9.4 Lead Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

9.5 Diffused Reflection Glass

(Picture Glass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

9.6 Non-Reflecting Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

9.7 Heat Resistant Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

9.8 Fire Rated Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

9.9 Welding Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

9.10 Glass Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

9.11 Aquatic Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

9.12 Electronic Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

9.13 Glass Floors and Stair Treads. . . . . . . . . . . 70

10.0 Decorative Glass 72

10.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

10.2 Figured Rolled Patterned Glass . . . . . . . . 72

10.3 Patternlite (Ceramic PaintedPatterned Glass) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

11.0 Glazing Techniques 76

11.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

11.2 Dry Glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

11.3 Wet Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

11.4 Glass Setting Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

11.5 General Glazing Applications . . . . . . . . . . . 79

11.6 Considerations for Glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

11.7 Mirror Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

12.0 Standards and Testing 82

13.0 Stocklines 84

14.0 Units/Conversion Factors 86

15.0 Performance Charts 88

16.0 Glossary 108

Appendix One . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Appendix Two . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

5

Page 7: 26756730 Glass Handbook

GETTINGTOKNOWGLASS1.0

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

Getting to know glass

Pliny’s well known story of the shipwrecked

Phoenicians lighting a fire on the beach, using

blocks of soda to support their pots and

subsequently discovering glass the following

morning - while being romantic, is not

supported by historical facts.

Through conquest the art was taken to Egypt

where the oldest relics are dated at 2000 B.C.

It is also believed that Alexander the Great

was buried in a glass coffin. From Egypt the

technique was taken to Rome, from where it

spread throughout Europe and continued to

develop. Between the 7th and 13th centuries,

the ‘crown’ method of spinning a gob of

molten glass on a hollow rod or punty was

used. This resulted in a bubble of glass being

flattened into a disc approximately one metre

in diameter, from which small pieces were cut

from the outside, leaving the worst quality in

the centre. The bulls-eye or bullion ironically is

now the most sought after piece.6The crown table spinning at the end of the punty

The old cylinder process

The old cylinder process

A Brief History

Where did it all start?

Glass was probably first discovered by Syrian

copper founders between 5000 – 7000 years

ago. The dross (or waste) produced by the

ores could be described as vitreous pastes

with colouring from various metallic oxides. It

would of been very similar to obsidian, which

is produced naturally through volcanic action.

The substance was opaque and did not

resemble glass as we know it today in its

many forms.

1.1

Page 8: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

7

The Fourcault process in action

Figure 1.1a: Fourcault Process

Crowns were subsequently replaced by the

cylinder blown and later the cylinder drawn

process in 1903. In principle a long balloon of

glass was blown or drawn; split and flattened

and then allowed to cool slowly to avoid stress

in the glass, however sizes were again limited.

It was in 1913 that continuous processes such

as; the Fourcault process (Belgium); the

Colburn - Libbey - Owens process (USA); and

the most successful of all, the P.P.G. Pittsburgh

process. All involved drawing the glass up

vertically out of a tank of molten glass, the

edges being held by knurled rollers to retain

the ribbon width.

The sheet glass produced by these methods

gave a good strong fire finish, but the very action

of pulling upwards meant the product contained

inherent bands of distortion which resulted in

poor optical quality and terrible reflections.

Where true optical quality was required in

mirrors or large shopfront windows, a plate

glass was needed. The plate process involved

sheet glass being ground and polished to

achieve the desired quality. By 1938 the

process had been developed to the stage

where a continuous ribbon of cast glass was

ground and polished on both surfaces

simultaneously, first with sand then iron oxide.

Apart from being extremely messy, the process

line was longer than the ocean liner The Queen

Mary, and was correspondingly, very costly.A typical float glass line

The quantum leap came in late 1958 when

Pilkington launched their Float Glass process,

which has since been licensed to glassmakers

throughout the world. This innovative process

involved molten glass being floated on a

shallow bath of molten tin, while being heated

on the top surface. The resulting product is

optically true and requires no further grinding

or polishing. While manufacturing methods

have changed dramatically over the last

century, the basic ingredients used in glass

making are still very much the same.

Page 9: 26756730 Glass Handbook

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

A typical batch mix would consist of:1000 parts silica (sand) + 310 parts soda ash + 295 parts limestone/dolomite + 60parts feldspar and 400 parts cullet. Hencewindow glass is known as a soda/lime/silica.Glass may also be formed by mixing soda ashand silica. This product is referred to as ‘waterglass’ because it is soluble in water. It is thelimestone/dolomite that is required to stabilisethe glass into a durable product.

Glass Properties

The general physical characteristics ofsoda/lime/silica glass for building purposes are:

Mass (kg): Area x Thickness(mm) x 2.6

Density: 2600 kg/m3

Specific gravity: Approximately 2.60. Glass usedfor building purposes has a specific gravitycomparable with that of aluminium which isapproximately 2.70.

Coefficient of linear thermal expansion:

88 x 10-7/˚C. Glass has a much lowercoefficient of linear thermal expansion thanmost metals.

Thermal conductivity: (K value) 1.05 W/m˚C. Thedifference between various types of flat glassis small enough to be negligible.

Thermal endurance: 6mm glass heated to a highertemperature and plunged into water at 21˚C willrupture at approximately 55˚C differential.

Softening point: Approximately 730˚C.

Modulus of elasticity: Young’s modulus 70 GPa(70 x 109 Pa). The modulus of elasticity forglass is similar to that of aluminium.

Poisson’s ratio: Float glass .22 to .23. Glassconforms to the elastic theory to the point of fracture.

1.2

8

Compressive strength: 25mm cube: 248MPa(248 x 106 Pa).

Tensile strength: For sustained loading 19.3 to28.4 MPa. Determined as modulus of rupture.

Hardness scale: Moh’s scale: diamond 10,sapphire 9, glass 6.5 – 5.5, gypsum 2.

Dielectric constant: 6mm glass at 21˚C.

• 1,000,000,000 cycles per sec 6.0

• 10,000,000 cycles per sec 6.5

• 1,000 cycles per sec 7.4

• 10 cycles per sec 30.0

Refractive index: 1.52.Refractive index varies for light of differentwavelengths.

Reflection loss: Approximately 8 to 10% perpanel (no absorption) normal incidence. Light isalways reflected when it passes from amedium of one refractive index to a medium ofanother refractive index. The loss is a functionof both the refractive indices of the mediumand the angle of incidence of the light.

Thermal transmittance (U-value): 5.8 W/m2˚C forsummer - 6.2 W/m2˚C for winter. This U-valueis for a single panel of 6mm glass and is basedon standard ASHRAE conditions. However, formost purposes a U-value of 6 is used.

Visible light transmittance: Sheet 85%, Plate/Float87%, Rough Cast 80%, Wired Cast 75%,Translucent 70 - 85% dependent on pattern.These are approximate values for 6mm glassbased on diffused (non-direct) light.

Infra-red transmittance: Ordinary glass has theproperty of being relatively transparent toshort wave infra-red rays, but opaque to thelonger wavelengths. This is the reason whyhorticultural glass houses accumulate heatfrom the sun’s rays - radiation of shortwavelength from the sun is passed through

Furnace loading

Weighingraw materials

Melting of raw materials Formation ofthe glass sheet

through floating ona tin bath

Annealing lehr Quality control,automatic cutting and

storage

Figure 1.1b: Float Glass Process

Page 10: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

9

the glass, and is absorbed by the plants,benches, walls, etc, inside the house. Thesebecome hot and in turn re-radiate heat but oflonger wavelength which cannot pass throughthe glass and is reflected back to the interior.

Ultra-violet transmittance: Ordinary glasstransmits a very small proportion of the sun’sultra-violet rays. At 315nm less than 1%, at340nm 41%.

Chemical resistance: Glass will resist most acidsexcept hydrofluoric and at high temperature,phosphoric. Alkalis, however will attack thesurface of glass. When glazed into concreteframing, alkalis released from the concrete byrain may be leached onto the glass causingstaining, or etching of the glass surface.Weathering steels can deposit solublesulphates, which may be difficult to removefrom glass. Should this occur, any depositsshould be removed as soon as possible.

Glass Strength

Glass in its pure form is an extremely strong,perfectly elastic non-crystalline brittle solid. Incommercially available float products, itsflexural or bending strength is limited by thesurface tensile strength of the inevitablemicroscopic defects, flaws or cracks. Thesedefects reduce the glass strength by a factorin excess of 100 compared to the strength ofpure glass.

The property of pure elasticity with brittlenessmeans that glass can not be permanentlydeformed by load as is the case for most solidssuch as metals and plastics, and that it failswithout warning. Other phenomena affectingthe surface flaws and thus the strength of theglass relate to the manufacturing process (withdifferent strengths produced on the tin side andthe air side), the duration of the load andpresence of water which leads to static fatigue,the physical environment and cleaningprocesses used.

As annealed glass is quite variable in strength, adesign safety factor of 2.5 is used for assessingthe glass strength for structural performance.This still leads to an approximate expectedfailure rate of 8 in 1000 or nearly 1% which ismuch less than for other materials used in theengineering design processes in buildings.

Glass strength (not stiffness) can be altered byother processes including laminating, heattreating and/or using two pieces in a singlehermetically sealed insulated glass unit.

The structural characteristics of these glasstypes are nominated in AS 1288 but they aresummarised as follows:-

Laminated glass: This process does notsignificantly affect the strength of the glassbut it does improve the safety of the glass aslaminated glass typically remains intact andretains some strength even after fracture. Forthis reason, it is possible that future practicemay allow higher stresses for such glass.

Heat treated glass: Both heat strengthened andfully toughened have a surface compressioninduced by a temperature increase andsudden quenching. The existence of thesurface compression means that it must beovercome by load before any surface tensilestress is achieved. The magnitude of thesurface compression is of the order of 3 to 6times the typical stress values used inannealed glass design. This leads to a similarstrength increase without any affect on theglass stiffness and deflections.

Insulated glass units: The hermetically sealed airor gas in the space between the glass units byvirtue of Boyle’s law ensures that the individualpieces of glass share the applied loadapproximately in proportion to their stiffnesses.Therefore for two pieces of equal thicknessglass, the load is shared about 50:50.

Glass Strength Design

Refer to AS 1288 for specific designprovisions. There has been significantimprovement in the understanding of, anddesign methods for glass design since the1980’s. Glass (supported on all sides) underwind loading typically deflects more than itsthickness and sometimes for the heat treatedglass, many times more than their thickness.This large deflection behaviour introduces non-linearity i.e. The deflections are not directlyproportional to the applied load. Because ofthe membrane stresses in the glass, it appearsto stiffen with increased load and thus deflectsless for each additional increase in load.

Apart from the simple statically determinate

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 11: 26756730 Glass Handbook

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

10

Nominal Thickness Tolerance Range

Float 3mm ±0.2mm 2.8 - 3.2mm

4mm ±0.2mm 3.8 - 4.2mm

5mm ±0.2mm 4.8 - 5.2mm

6mm ±0.2mm 5.8 - 6.2mm

8mm ±0.3mm 7.7 - 8.3mm

10mm ±0.3mm 9.7 - 10.3mm

12mm ±0.3mm 11.7 - 12.3mm

15mm ±0.5mm 14.5 - 15.5mm

19mm ±1.0mm 18.0 - 20.0mm

25mm ±1.5mm 23.5 - 26.5mm

Obscure/Figured Roll 3mm +0.9mm, –0.5mm 2.5 - 3.9mm

4mm ±0.5mm 3.5 - 4.5mm

5mm ±0.5mm 4.5 - 5.5mm

6mm +1.0mm, –0.5mm 5.5 - 7.0mm

Wired 6mm ±1.0mm 5.0 - 7.0mm

PVB Laminate 5.38mm – 4.95 - 5.81mm

6.38mm – 5.95 - 6.81mm

8.38mm – 7.95 - 8.81mm

10.38mm – 9.95 - 10.81mm

12.38mm – 11.95 - 12.81mm

NB: These figures are accepted Australian Industry Tolerances. Tolerance of non-standard thicknesses may fall outside the

ranges stated above.

Thickness Tolerances for Glass1.3

Table 1.3a: Thickness Tolerances

case of simple span glass plates supported on

2 opposite sides, any analysis of glass under

load must be carried out using a non-linear

analysis method such as finite difference or

finite element to determine the glass stresses

and deflections. The correct application of a

suitable failure prediction model is currently

under debate. The extremely common case of

a rectangular piece of glass with all four sides

simply supported under uniform load has been

well analysed and is the basis of the present

glass design thickness recommendations of

the ASTM and other bodies.

The advances in computer technology with

dramatic reductions in computer costs now

allows for the analyses of more complex

shapes, support conditions and load patterns

to be economically achieved. Two examples of

typical analyses are illustrated in Figure 1.2a.

Figure 1.2a: Finite Element Analysis

Curved glass, thickness 5.8mm 1.2kPa 3000mm high, 1000mm radius x 90 degrees

Load Case = 1Loadcase 1 Inc. 1Results = 1Bottom stress contours of S1

-3

-1

1

3

5

7

9

11

12

Max 13.10 at Node 123Min -.609 at Node 49

Glass thickness 9.7mm 2kPa UDL 2900mm high x 1000mm wide, supported 3 sides

Load Case = 1Loadcase 1 Inc. 1Results = 1Bottom stress contours of S1

0 24

3 27

6 30

9 33

12 36

15 39

18 42

21

Max 46.71 at Node 49Min -.1049 at Node 7

Page 12: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

Glass Staining and Cleaning

Staining

Glass is generally resistant to chemical attack

and other degradation. It is inert to most

acids, except hydrofluoric and phosphoric.

Typical glass problems on buildings would be:

• Alkalis leaching from concrete, mortar,

plaster and gravel onto glass can cause

staining and etching

• Hard water, high in calcium concentrates,

which are allowed to continually run on the

glass

• Deterioration of labels and protective films

when left on the glass for prolonged periods

• Pitting of the glass, mainly due to weld

splatter (in the form of black specs on the

glass), improper sandblasting on site or

wind blown debris

1.6

11

Singleglass

Doubleglass

Laminatedglass

Double glazingwith laminated glass

Surfaces

1 2

Surfaces

1 2 3 4

Surfaces

1 2 3 4

Surfaces

1 2 3 4

PVB PVB

Identifying the Coated Surface1.5

Figure 1.4a: Glass Surface Identification

Figure 1.5a: Monolithic Reflective Glass

How to tell the difference between coated and uncoated

surfaces on monolithic reflective glassPencil pointimage meets onthe coatedsurface

Reflection of pencil pointimage does not meet onthe uncoated surface

Glass Surface Numbers1.4

Coated glass – darker edge

Interlayer

Uncoated glass

Figure 1.5b: Reflective Laminated Glass

How to tell the difference between glazing surfaces

on reflective laminated glass.

Subject to certain exceptions, tinted PVB interlayered

laminated glass (i.e. 6.38mm SS22 green laminated) has

the reflective coating on surface position (3). The effect

of the tinted PVB interlayer is to dampen the reflectivity

and allow a building to exhibit a specific colour. This

makes identification of ‘outside’ and ‘inside’ surfaces

easier. However, with clear PVB interlayered laminated

glass it may be difficult to determine the coated surface

(i.e. 6.38mm TS21 clear laminated). The coated surface

can usually be identified by the darker of the two glass

edges (identification may be difficult after edge work

e.g. flat grinding).

NB: Surface 1 = Exterior Surface

Page 13: 26756730 Glass Handbook

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

• Abrasions to the glass surface by using

harsh, powder based cleaning products

• Scratches or spalling caused by the

improper removal of plaster, paint, varnish or

mortar splash

• A white staining effect which occurs when

condensation repeatedly forms and dries on

the glass, which in turn can cause surface

decomposition

• Iridescence or the oil-stain image is a direct

result of the wet-dry action of condensation

or water on, or between the glass(es)

The only practical remedy for glass that is

badly damaged by scratches, weld splatter,

sandblasting, etching and even damaged

edges is full replacement.

Cleaning

For cleaning purposes use a soft, clean grit-free

cloth and water with a mild detergent.

Thoroughly wash off any detergent residue with

clean water. Do not under any circumstances

use any form of abrasive cleaner as this may

cause damage to the glass. Do not allow any

metal or hard parts of squeegees or other

cleaning equipment to contact the glass

surface. Metal scrapers should not be used.

Special care should be taken when cleaning

coated reflective surfaces. For stubborn stains

contact the G.James Technical Advisory Service

on 1800 452 637.

Care and Storage

Glass quality can be maintained and risk of

damage minimised by following some simple

guidelines in storing and handling. Storage

areas should be clean and dry with a good

circulation of cool dry air, particularly after

periods of high humidity to avoid wet-dry

staining. Interleaving material should be used

at all times, if possible with ‘lucite’ or

‘colacryl’, which contains adipic acid which

acts as a stain inhibitor.

Store glass on even surfaces in areas not

subject to heavy traffic or overhead debris.

Where glass has been received in a wet

condition, it should be unpacked, dried and re-

stacked with separators that allow airflow

between the panels.

1.7

Glass should always be stacked at an incline

of 4 degrees from the vertical. Thick glass,

tinted glass, insulated glass (IG) units and

reflective glass should be stored out of direct

sunlight to avoid any risk of thermal breakage.

IG units must not be rotated or ‘cartwheeled’

over their corners.

Always use clean dry suction cups and do

not use glass with severely vented or

damaged edges.

12

Incorrect stacking

1

2

Correct stacking

Correct removal

1

2

Risks scratching!

Figure 1.7a: Handling and Storage

Page 14: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

Glass Processing

G.James offers a wide variety of processingoptions with a comprehensive range of glassprocessing equipment, including five state-of-the-art Computer Numeric Control (CNC)machines. This equipment is capable ofautomatically probing and accuratelyprocessing edges, holes, cut-outs and shapes– the complexity of which would beimpossible by hand. Discuss your specialneeds with our Technical Advisory Service on1800 452 637.

Edgework

Clean Cut (C.C.)

• Edges are as cut with no further processing(15, 19 and 25mm may require processing)

• Edges are sharp

Rough Arris (R.A.)

• This edge is produced by a rough stone, wetbelt or split-arris diamond wheel whichleaves a white arrised edge. This is thetypical edgework for toughened glass

Smooth Arris (S.A.)

• This edge is produced by a wet stone or beltmachine producing a smooth arris leavingthe edge as cut. The result is a higherquality edge compared to a rough arris

Flat Grind (F.G.)/Flat Smooth (F.S.)

• This edge is produced on a straight linerectilinear machine with the polishingwheels retracted. It leaves a diamondsmooth unpolished finish to the edge andarrises, and is the normal finish for siliconebutt glazing

Mitre

• Rectilinear machines produce ground edgessuitable for use in angled butt glazing

1.8

13

• Polished mitre edges are also available

• Mitres ranging from 22.5˚ to 89.5˚ are

possible

Ordering mitred glass

• The nominated mitre is the angle of the

glass edge remaining. To achieve a typical

135˚ angled butt-joint, a nominated mitre of

67.5˚ is therefore required

• Always give long point measurements

• Supply a drawing for out-of-square panels

One of G.James’ Intermac CNC processing machines

Flat Polish (F.P.)

• This is the standard edge produced by a

straight line rectilinear machine and

produces a fine polish to the edge and

arrises. This edge is suitable for all furniture

glass or wherever glass edges are exposed

Round and Polish (R&P)

• Using special purpose machinery, this edge

is ground to a bullnose shape and then

polished

Brilliant Cut

• This process cuts and polishes linear Vshapes into the surface of the glass. Itprovides a classic elegant finish fordecorative purposes

Page 15: 26756730 Glass Handbook

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

Straight Line Bevelling

• Minimum size 100mm x 100mm

• Maximum size of 3200mm x 1500mm, up to

maximum weight of 250kg. Consult our

Technical Advisory Service for larger sizes

Bevelling

With straight line and shaped bevelling

machines, a beautiful and decorative touch

can be added to mirrors, table tops and glass

panels in doors. The bevel width is dependent

upon glass thickness, and the required

residual edge.

All bevelled glass has a clean cut edge as a

standard finish, flat polishing is an optional

extra.

NB: For toughened glass a 4mm minimum residual edge is

mandatory. Bevelling limitations may apply.

Polished and Bevelled Cut-off Corners

• Minimum 200mm cut-off corners on

10mm/12mm glass, up to a maximum size

of 2000mm x 1200mm

• Minimum 100mm cut-off corners on

10mm/12mm glass, up to a maximum size of

1500mm x 1000mm14

Thickness Max. Bevel Width

4mm 25mm

5mm 30mm

6mm-19mm 35mm

Table 1.8a: Straight Line Bevels

Thickness Max. Bevel Width

4mm 20mm

5mm 30mm

6mm-19mm 35mm

Table 1.8b: Shaped Bevels

Shaped Bevelling

• Minimum 350mm diameter

• Minimum internal radius 70mm

• Maximum diameter 2100mm

Special cut-out forspecific requirement(CNC shape)

Multiple speakholes

Finger slot• Slot depth equal to or

less than half glassthickness (but residualdepth must be greaterthan 3mm whentoughened)

• The length and depthof the slot isdependent on the glassthickness

• Standard finger slotwidth is 13mm

Corner notch

CNC drawnprocessed shapesand internal andexternal radiuscurves.

Switchplatecut-out

Holes – Limitations• Minimum 5mm diameter• Holes up to 100mm

diameter – ground finish only• Holes over 100mm

diameter – polishing onapplication

• Notches and cut-outs notavailable on wired orlaminated glass

Pay andspeak hole

Rectangularcut-out

Oval cut-out

Shapedcut-out

Figure 1.8a: Special Processing

Page 16: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

15

unequal unequalunequal

unequal equalequal

Simple shapes

Complex shapes

Radius corners

Figure 1.8b: Examples of Irregular Shapes

Irregular Shapes

Defined as irregular shapes are:

• Shaped pieces of glass

• Glass cut to templates

• Circles or ovals

• Rakes with more than two corners not atright angles (90˚)

• Glass that requires a diagram because itcannot be expressed as a size on paper

• Squares and rectangles with notches

Not recognised as irregular shapes are:

• Squares and rectangles with radius or cut-off corners (charged as corners)

See Figure 1.8b for examples of irregularshapes.

Templates

In many instances templates provided onplywood or proper architectural drawings arerequested. Detailed information required isas follows:

• Glass sizes

• Holes

• Edgework

• Cut-outs

• Stamp position (if applicable)

Holes

• Holes can be drilled in all thicknesses ofglass. For hole limitations see Figure 1.8a

Countersunk Hole

• Holes can be countersunk in toughenedglass before toughening to accommodatemechanical fixings

Hole Sizes

The available holes are:5mm, 6mm, 6.5mm, 7mm, 8mm, 9mm,10mm,11mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm,17mm, 18mm, 19mm, 20mm, 21mm, 22mm,23mm, 25mm, 26mm, 28mm, 30mm, 32mm,35mm, 40mm, 42mm, 45mm, 50mm, 58mmand 80mm. (Other hole sizes are available onrequest.)Finger pull/thimble hole size = 21mm.

Cut-outs, Notches and SpecialProcessing

See Figure 1.8a. For your specific requirementscontact the G.James Technical AdvisoryService on 1800 452 637.

Page 17: 26756730 Glass Handbook

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

16

Toughened Safety Glass

Should toughened glass break, it shatters intosmall, relatively harmless particles comparedwith the sharp splinters resulting from thebreakage of ordinary glass. Grade Atoughened safety glass should be used wherethe possibility of human impact exists or inany situation requiring strength, safety orresistance to temperature fluctuations.

Wired Safety Glass

When wired glass is broken, the glass tendsto remain attached to the wire enabling thepanel to remain intact and in place. Safetyapplications are limited to Grade B safetyglass applications.

Heat Strengthened Glass

Heat strengthened glass is about twice asstrong as ordinary float glass and is usedgenerally as a protection against thermalbreakage. The breakage of heat strengthened

Breakage Characteristics

Ordinary Float Glass

The familiar jagged edge pattern with lethal

slivers of glass which, depending on the force

of impact, either fly out or remain precariously

intact. Often the removal of shattered pieces

is difficult and dangerous.

Laminated Safety Glass

In the event of breakage, a web-like pattern is

formed as a result of the bond between the

glass and the vinyl interlayer. With a tendency

to remain within the frame under impact, the

severity of physical injury is significantly

reduced. Broken laminated safety window

glass will remain intact as a barrier against

the weather while visibility is partially

retained. Grade A laminated safety glass

should be used anywhere there is a risk of

human impact.

1.9

Ordinary float glass Laminated safety glass

Toughened safety glass Wired safety glass

Page 18: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 7

400

Wavelength (nm)

Far

infr

a-re

d

Cos

mic

Gam

ma

X-ra

ys

Ultr

a-vi

olet

Infr

a-re

d

Rad

ar

UH

F

VH

F

Sho

rt w

ave

Rad

io

Visible light

500 600 700 780

fm pm (Å) nm um mm(cm) m km

380

Graph 1.10a: Electromagnetic Spectrum

glass is such that it fragments into large, non-

jagged pieces which tend to remain in place

within the frame. Heat strengthened glass is

not considered a safety glass and therefore

cannot be used where human impact

requirements apply.

Solar Spectrum

The sun radiates solar energy or sunlight by

electromagnetic waves over a range of

wavelengths known as the Solar Spectrum

(290 – 2500 nanometres, where 1 nanometre

= 1/1,000,000,000 of a metre).

The solar spectrum is divided into three

bands, these are:

Ultra-violet light (UV) 290nm – 380nm

Visible light 380nm – 780nm

Infra-red 780nm – 2500nm

The energy distribution within the solar

spectrum is approximately 2% UV,

1.10

47% visible and 51% infra-red. Only the visible

light band is seen by the human eye.

It is important to understand that the shorter

the wavelength (i.e. the lower the nanometres),

the higher is the energy associated with the

radiation. This is highlighted by the fact that it

is the shorter wavelength, high energy UV light

which causes humans to sunburn, fabrics to

fade and plastics to deteriorate. While the

longer wavelength, low energy radiation

produced by the visible light and infra-red

bands are less damaging.

RAT Equation

When the combined UV, visible light and infra-

red (solar energy) strikes glass it is reflected

(R), absorbed (A) and transmitted (T) in

different proportions, depending on the type

of glass involved. This gives us the RAT

Equation which accounts for 100% of solar

energy. For example, 3mm clear float glass

Reflects 8% of solar energy, Absorbs 9% and

Transmits (directly) 83% (See Figure 1.10b).

100

80

60

500 1000 1500 2000Wavelength (nm)

Rel

ativ

e In

tens

ity (%

)

2500

40

20

0

a

b

c

de

f

Visible Light Band

Graph 1.10b: UV Transmission

Spectrum of representative glass products showing

UV transmission

a - 6mm Clear

b - 6mm Grey

c - 6.38mm Clear Laminate

d - 6.38mm Grey Laminate

e - Solarplus TS30 on 6mm Clear

f - Optilight HL229 Laminate

Page 19: 26756730 Glass Handbook

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

18

E

SHGC = T+E

T

SC =SHGC of glass

SHGC of 3mmclear glass

Shading Coefficient (SHGC)

R 8%

A9%

6% 3%

T 83%

100%

3mm Clear Glass

Re-radiatedInside (E)

Re-radiatedOutside

E

R T

R = ReflectionA = AbsorptionT = TransmissionE = EmissionA

RAT Equation

ThermalRadiation

Convection &Conduction

SolarRadiation

Thermal Heat Transfer

Solar Spectrum

Ultra-violetVisibleInfra-red51%

2%47%

Figure 1.10b Thermal Heat Transfer

Heat is transferred either by convection

(upward warm air currents), conduction

(passing from one object to another) or

radiation (where heat passes through space to

an object where it is reflected, absorbed or

transmitted). The absorbed portion of the

energy is subsequently dissipated by re-

radiation (or emission) to both the outside and

inside, in varying proportions, dependent on the

type of glass and external weather conditions.

Solar Control

As visible light and infra-red account for 98%

of solar energy, they are extremely important

considerations when selecting the glass.

Solar control glasses are either body tinted

and/or coated or surface modified to absorb

or reflect the sun’s energy and reduce the

solar heat gain transmitted through the glass.

(See Graph 1.10b)

Performance Terms

Visible Light Transmittance: Expressed as the

percentage of visible light (380 - 780nm’s) that

is transmitted through a glass type.

Visible Light Reflectance: The percentage of

visible light (380 - 780nm’s) that is reflected

from the glass surface(s).

Solar Energy Transmittance: The percentage of

ultra-violet, visible and infra-red energy (290 -

2500nm’s) that is directly transmitted through

a glass type.

Solar Energy Reflectance: The percentage of solar

energy that is reflected from the glass

surface(s).

Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC) or Total Solar

Energy Transmittance: The proportion of directly

transmitted and absorbed solar energy that

enters into the building’s interior. The lower

the number is, the better the glass is able to

exclude solar radiation.

U-value (expressed in W/m2K): The measure of air-

to-air heat transfer (either loss or gain) due to

thermal conductance and the difference

between indoor and outdoor temperatures.

The lower the number is, the better the

insulating qualities of the glass.

Shading Coefficient (SC): The ratio of total solar

radiation through a particular glass type,

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 20: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

19

Glass which has cracked as a result of thermal

stress can be easily identified by the break

pattern which is unique to a thermal fracture.

The crack in the glass is initially at 90˚ to the

edge and glass face for approximately 2cm-

5cm and then branches out into one or more

directions. The number of branches or

secondary cracks is dependent on the amount

of stress in the glass. (See Figure 1.11b)

Factors affecting Thermal Stress

Any factors that encourage an increase in the

‘hot centre/cold edge’ conditions tend to

increase the thermal stress. These include:

Climate: The intensity of solar radiation on theglass which is determined by the geographicallocation of the building, the orientation of thebuilding and the outside day and nighttemperatures.

Glass Types: Certain types of body tinted glassand coated glasses, inherently have a higherrisk of thermal breakage due to their higherenergy absorption. Similarly IG units or double-glazing are at greater risk as the outer glass isusually at a higher temperature due to thereduced heat transfer across the air space.(See Table 1.11a)

Heated Central Portion(glass tends to expand)

Cold Edges (glass tends to contract)

Area ofHigh Stress

Solar Energy

Heated Portion

Cold Edge

The framedraws theheat from theglass edge.

Heat Absorption

Figure 1.11a: Effects of Thermal Stress

Low Stress High Stress

Figure 1.11b: Examples of Thermal Breakage

relative to the total solar radiation through

3mm clear float glass. The lower the number,

the better the glass performs in reducing heat

gain. (See Figure 1.10b)

Luminous Efficacy (or Coolness Factor): The ratio of

visible light transmittance to the shading

coefficient. This ratio is helpful in selecting

glass in terms of those which transmit more

light than heat. A glass with a luminous efficacy

of 1 or greater is considered thermally efficient.

Thermal Breakage

Cause of Thermal Stress

Thermal stress is caused when the central area

of the glass is heated (naturally or artificially)

and expands, while the glass edges remain

cool resisting expansion. (See Figure 1.11a)

Thermal breakage is a result of an excessive

build-up of thermal stress in annealed glass.

The amount of thermal stress depends upon

the temperature difference between the

hottest and coldest areas of the glass and also

on the distribution of the temperature gradient

across the glass.

1.11

Page 21: 26756730 Glass Handbook

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

20

Figure 1.11c: Glass Edge Condition

Clean cut edge – acceptable

Good edge with little feather – acceptable

Severely feathered edge – just acceptable

Vented edge – not acceptable

Backup Material: Materials used behind glass in

spandrel or suspended ceiling applications

reduce the heat loss of the glass, therefore

raising the glass temperature, increasing the

thermal stress and the risk of thermal

breakage. The colour of the backup material is

important, as a light coloured surface will

reflect heat back towards the glass while a

dark coloured surface will absorb heat.

Where thermal breakage is a concern, heat

strengthened glass should be specified as it

has higher compressive stresses which resist

thermal breakage. If in doubt, a thermal safety

assessment should be conducted to

determine if heat strengthened glass is

required (See Appendix One for a Thermal

Safety Assessment Request form).

Glass Type Solar Absorption % Risk of Thermal Breakage

Clear 18 Low

Tinted 30 - 40 Medium

Supertints 45 - 65 Medium - High

Reflective coating on clear 60 - 70 High

Reflective coating on tinted 80 - 85 Very High

Table 1.11a: Risk of Thermal Breakage

Edge Condition: The breaking stress of the glass

is directly related to the position and size of any

flaws in the edges. Good clean cut edges are

considered the strongest edge for monolithic

glass. With laminated glass good edges can be

difficult to achieve, therefore flat ground edges

are recommended on all high performance

laminated products. (See Figure 1.11c)

Size and Thickness: The risk of thermal breakage

increases as the size and thickness of the

glass increases.

Glazing System: The thermal properties of the

glazing system are an important consideration

including:

• Framing materials (aluminium, steel, timber,

and PVC)

• Colour of framing materials (light or dark)

• Type of glazing (fully captive, 2-sided captive

or 4-sided structural)

External Shading: Thermal stress will be

increased if the glass is partially shaded by

balconies, canopies, sun shades or deep

mullions, transoms and columns.

Internal Shading: Internal blinds or curtains can

reflect heat back into the glass increasing

thermal stress. To reduce the risk of thermal

breakage it is recommended that the confined

space between the internal shading device

and the glazing be ventilated. This can be

achieved by allowing a minimum 38mm

clearance to the top and bottom or side and

bottom of the shading device and creating a

minimum 50mm clearance between the

glazing and shading device.

Internal Cooling/Heating Sources: Direct air

streams from air conditioners, heaters,

computers etc. onto the glass surface may

increase the risk of thermal breakage. (See

Figure 1.11e)

Page 22: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

double glazing

air velocity

condition of glassedge

indoor air temperature

glazing material

glass type

wind velocity

glass size

outdoor air temperature

tilt

frame material

orientation

heating & cooling devicessolar radiation

ventilation

overhang

shadow

frame colour

blinds

shadow

21

Figure 1.11d: Factors affecting Thermal Safety

computer

Avoid pockets of warm air

ceiling

pocket of warm air

Figure 1.11e: Air Pockets Fade Control

It is well recognised that carpets, curtains and

furnishings exposed to direct sunlight for

continual periods of time will experience the

effects of fading and yellowing. While the

solution is usually to close off the room with

curtains and blinds, this darkens the room and

shuts out any view of, or relationship with the

outside. However by selecting an appropriate

glass type, it is possible to allow natural light

to enter a room yet significantly reduce the

rate at which fading occurs. Before we

consider glass in this respect, the process of

fading should firstly be explained.

1.12

Page 23: 26756730 Glass Handbook

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

a reflective or tinted solar control glass into a

laminated product will reduce both the

amount of visible light and total solar energy

that passes through the glass.

In order to compare the relative fading

reduction offered by different glass types and

configurations, a measurement called the

Damage Weighted Transmittance (Tdw) is

employed. This measure is ‘weighted’ to

include the fact that fading damage decreases

as the energy wavelength increases. In

addition, clear 3mm float is designated as the

benchmark against which the fading reduction

qualities of all other glass types are measured.

For this purpose 3mm float has a Tdw of 0.72,

while complete exposure is stated as 1.0Tdw.

Consequently the lower the Tdw of a glass,

the better the fade reduction.

Research has confirmed that one of the major

causes of fading is solar radiation (or sunlight),

which comprises of three specific energy

bands: ultra-violet radiation (UV), visible light

and infra-red radiation. Pollutants, moisture

and oxygen are, to a lesser extent, other

contributing factors.

As solar radiation enters the room, it is

absorbed by the exposed fabric causing the

temperature to rise. This continual heating of

the fabric by the visible light and infra-red

radiation, and the more damaging effects of

the UV rays, combine to deteriorate and break-

down the dye and fabric structure of the

furnishings, eventually leading to the

discolouration that is associated with fading.

From a glass perspective, the objective is

therefore to select a product that has high

absorption or reflection of UV, visible light and

infra-red radiation. In the instance of reducing

the damaging effects of UV radiation, it is

important to know the clear polyvinyl butyral

interlayer in laminated glass effectively

absorbs up to 99% of the UV. By incorporating

22

6.0

4.8

3.6

10

Visible light transmission (%)

Dep

th o

f day

light

pen

etra

tion

(met

res)

2.4

1.2

0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1000.0

Graph 1.13a: Glass Transmission

Glass Type Tdw

3mm Clear Float 0.72

6mm Clear Float 0.65

6.38mm Clear Laminate 0.34

6.38mm Green Laminate 0.26

6mm Solarplus TS30 on Clear 0.15

6.38mm Solarplus SL22 Laminate 0.12

6.38mm Optilight HL229 Laminate 0.12

NB: Solarplus (refer to Section 6.2)/Optilight (refer to Section 3.5)

Table 1.12a: Damaged Weighted Transmission

Heat created by sunlight

Heat

Sunlight

UV Radiation

Figure 1.12a: Fading your Furnishings

How sun fades your furnishings

Fading is caused by a combination of UV radiation,

sunlight and heat.

UV radiation is the greatest contributing factor to

fading and its effect is increased by heat.

The right glass can eliminate up to 99% of UV

radiation and significantly cut sunlight and heat.

Page 24: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

Daylighting and ColourPerception

Daylighting

As building occupants we have traditionally

required daylight to work, enhance the

appearance of interiors and save energy by

reducing the need for artificial lighting. The

more daylight, the higher the amount of solar

energy and heat that enters the interior hence

cooling costs become a major concern. The

question here then is to ascertain what

transmittance is required to achieve a specific

penetration of daylight, or given a

transmittance %, what depth of daylight can

be expected.

As an indicator, the relationship between the

depth of daylight and the visible light

transmittance (VLT) of glass has been mapped

(See Graph 1.13a). For a reference point, it has

been determined that 6mm clear float with a

VLT of 87%, can supply adequate daylight to a

depth of approximately six metres. Because of

the clarity of clear float, six metres has

therefore been nominated as the maximum

depth possible and hence the curve peaks at

87% transmission.

If we consider 6mm grey tinted float with a

VLT of 43%, approximately one-half that of

6mm clear, the curve reveals a daylight depth

of 4.50 metres. As the curve is non-linear, it

should be noted that a one-half reduction in

VLT does not translate to a one-half reduction

in daylight depth. In essence there is no

correlation between the percentage decrease

1.13

23

in VLT (when compared to 6mm clear float)

and the daylight depth.

NB: Refer to Section 15 for the visible transmittance

properties for various glass types.

Colour Perception

Transmitted colour is produced from either

tints in the body of glass, tinted interlayer

(laminated glass) and/or applied coatings.

Studies have shown that the psychological

considerations of the brain and eye influence

the way we perceive colour. Where the view

out is exclusively through a tinted glass (with

no reference to normal daylight), the human

eye adapts to, and compensates for the

colour of the light received through the glass.

For example, snow will still look white

through grey glass. However if an adjacent

window is glazed with clear glass or open,

the snow will appear purple/blue (when

viewed through the grey glass) as the eye

attempts to balance the white of daylight and

the colour of the tint. In summary, the view

outside will appear normal through tinted or

coated glass unless there is a reference to

natural, white light.

Sound Insulation

Sound is created when a source or object

produces vibrations. The vibrations result in

small changes in the surrounding air pressure

producing spherical, three dimensional sound

waves. If they were visible, these vibrations

would resemble a series of concentric circles

that spread out in all directions from the point

source, similar to when a stone is dropped

1.14

Environment Satisfactory Maximum

Classrooms 35 dB(A) 40 dB(A)

Conference rooms 30 dB(A) 35 dB(A)

Hotel/motel sleeping areas 30 dB(A) 35 dB(A)

Residential

Recreation areas 30 dB(A) 40 dB(A)

Sleeping areas 30 dB(A) 35 dB(A)

Work areas 35 dB(A) 40 dB(A)

NB: (A) refers to a weighted measure which has been included to correlate subjective results with measured results.

Table1.14b: Recommended Design Sound Levels

Change in sound pressure level (dB) ±3 ±5 ±10

Apparent loudness change Just perceptible Clearly noticeable Twice (or half) as loud

Table1.14a: Perceived Loudness

Page 25: 26756730 Glass Handbook

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

kilometre. The resulting sound pressure

intensity may be similar to a domestic vacuum

cleaner at 3 metres. This example clearly

illustrates how the sound pressure intensity

relates to the sound power of the source and

the distance from the source.

The SPL is measured in Decibels (dB), and

employs a non-linear, logarithmic scale to

evaluate sound intensity. This logarithmic or

compressed scale is such that it cannot be

used to compare the loudness of particular

sounds in a simple linear fashion. For example

an 80 dB sound is not twice as loud as a 40

dB sound. To the contrary, any change in the

sound intensity multiplies (or divides) tenfold

for every 10 dB increment change. In this

instance the noise has 10,000 times more

sound power.

Perceived loudness on the other hand relates

to the human ears ability to detect changes in

the sound pressure level and doubles every 10

dB change in measured SPL (See Table 1.14a).

Graphs 1.14a & b provide an indication of the

various SPL’s experienced in our daily lives and

the frequency range over which certain

sounds occur. Note that as a normal human

ear can only detect sound at 0 dB, this is used

as a reference point for such acoustic scales -

it does not mean there is no sound.

Sound Insulation Measures

As all glass allows the transmission of sound, in

varying degrees, it is important to be aware of

24

50

45

40

100

Frequency (Hz)

So

und

tran

smis

sio

n lo

ss

35

30

125 200 250 315 400 1000 1250 1600 2000

25

20

15160 500 630 800 2500 3150

12mm float6mm float4mm float

Graph 1.14c: Coincidence Dip

Frequency spectra for 4mm, 6mm and 12mm Float

Glass showing how the coincidence dip occurs at

different frequencies for each glass thickness.

140

20

Frequency (Hz)

So

und

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB

)

0

50 100 500 1000 5000 10000

120

100

80

60

40

20

Threshold of feeling

Orchestal music

Conversational speech

Minimum audible threshold

Graph 1.14b: Acoustic Spectrum

140

So

und

pre

ssur

e le

vel (

dB

)

70

130

120

110

100

90

80

0

60

50

40

30

20

10

134 Threshold of pain

Loud car horn (1 metre)

Pop group (20 metres)

Conversational speech

Living room

Bedroom at night

Environmental conditions

Average traffic (kerbside)

115

105

75

65

45

25

0 Threshold of hearing

Graph 1.14a: Acoustic Spectrum

into water. The vibrations travel at a constant

speed of 344 metres per second at 20˚C (i.e.

the speed of sound) but faster if the

temperature is higher. The more the air

pressure is disturbed, the louder the sound.

As the distance from the source increases,

there is a gradual decrease in the energy

associated with the sound waves and the

sound decays or attenuates.

All sound waves have a frequency which is

measured in Hertz (Hz). A sound wave with a

frequency of 800 Hz implies there are 800

vibrations per second generating from the

source. The human ear is able to detect

frequencies ranging from 20 Hz to 20,000 Hz

however it is most sensitive to sound within a

range of 500 Hz to 8,000 Hz.

Sound Intensity

Sound intensity is the amount of acoustical

energy associated with a sound wave and is

directly proportional to the Sound Pressure

Level (SPL). For instance, the SPL of a jet

plane’s engines at 10 metres would be

significantly reduced at a distance of 1

Page 26: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

25

40

125Frequency (Hz)

So

und

tran

smis

sio

n lo

ss (d

B)

35

30

25

20

15

6mm laminated6mm float

250 500 1000 2000 4000

Graph 1.14d: Laminated Glass Insulation

The effect of lamination on the sound insulation of

glass. Note the coincidence dip for solid glass is

virtually non-existent for laminated glass.

the various rating systems that may be referred

to when considering the acoustic performance

of glass in the construction industry.

Sound Transmission Loss (STL)

The STL measures (in decibels) the insulation

effectiveness of a particular glass as a barrier

in reducing exterior noise, i.e. the amount of

sound diffused or lost as the noise travels

through the glass. The parameters used in

determining this figure only considers the

frequency range between 125 Hz - 4000 Hz,

with the higher the STL (dB), the better the

acoustic performance of the glass.

Sound Transmission Class (STC)

STC utilises a single-number rating system to

categorise the acoustic reducing qualities of

glass when used for interior applications such

as partitions, ceilings and walls. While not

intended for use in selecting glass for exterior

wall applications, STC ratings are often

specified for such purposes. G.James can

provide a comprehensive range of openable

windows and doors, and fixed glass systems

that have been STC rated and tested at the

National Acoustic Laboratories.

Traffic Noise Reduction (Rtra)

This measure incorporates a weighted factorfor typical town and city road traffic noise overa range of frequencies. Combining this factorwith the basic sound insulation of the window,provides a more meaningful guide to theactual acoustic performance of a glazed area.

Coincidence Dip

This term refers to the dip or loss in insulatingproperties of glass which occurs when theglass is vibrating at the same frequency as thesound being transmitted. The frequency atwhich this occurs is largely dependent on thethickness of the glass (See Graph 1.14c).

Glass Performance

Unwanted sound is considered noise when itintrudes on our daily lives. To minimise thisintrusion all aspects of the buildingconstruction need to be evaluated, however inthis instance we will only analyse the acousticqualities of glass. The first step in this analysisis to determine the source of the unwantednoise. This is a critical step, as the noisesource can vary from low frequency trafficnoise to high frequency aircraft noise.

To proceed in this regard, the sound insulation

qualities of the various glass configurations

are as follows:

Monolithic Glass

Glass generally follows the Mass Law, i.e. the

thicker the glass, the better the sound

insulation properties. Graph 1.14c illustrates

this principle by portraying 12mm monolithic

float as superior to 4mm or 6mm float over

the lower frequency range, which is generally

associated with unwanted traffic noise.

Laminated Glass

The polyvinyl butyral interlayer (0.38mm to

1.52mm) used in laminated glass provides a

dampening effect which reduces the loss of

insulation at the coincidence frequency. Graph

1.14d shows the coincidence dip for laminated

glass is significantly reduced when compared to

float glass of equal thickness. Laminated glass

also has superior sound insulation qualities in

the higher frequency range where the noise

from sources such as aircraft are a problem.

Increasing the interlayer thickness will only have

a marginal effect on improving the sound

insulation performance of laminated glass.

Double Glazing

A common misconception is that a standard

hermetically sealed double glazed unit with an

airspace (up to 12mm) will provide effective

sound insulation, this is not the case. For

double glazing to be effective an airspace

Page 27: 26756730 Glass Handbook

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

1 . 0 G E T T I N G T O K N O W G L A S S

between 100mm to 200mm would be

required. An additional benefit can be obtained

by incorporating glasses of different thickness

(at least 30% difference) or using laminated

glass in one or both of the panels.

Where double glazing is not feasible, the most

cost-effective method of reducing sound is

achieved by installing a thick monolithic or

laminated glass.

Areas around windows

It is important to note that no matter how

good the noise insulation qualities of the

window are, there should be no gaps or

cracks around the window frame. A gap of no

more than 1% of the total window area will

result in a 10 dB loss in sound insulation.

Spandrel Design

As curtain wall design became more popular,

the question of what glass to use in the

spandrel area became more of an issue for

architects and designers.

In the spandrel cavity, temperatures can

exceed 100˚C along with extreme humidity. It

is therefore critical for architects and

designers to ensure the building and glazing

materials specified in the spandrel design are

temperature stable and chemically compatible.

The spandrel glass options are as follows:

Ceramic Painted Glass

Ceramic painted glass offers a well proven, time-

tested product available in a comprehensive

range of colours. This allows architects either the

choice of a relatively similar match to the vision

glass or a complete contrast.

The process of manufacturing ceramic painted

glass involves paint being fused into the glass

surface through the heat treatment process.

The resulting product is both mechanically and

thermally stable, with a colouring that will not

fade or peel.

A minimum gap of 50mm should be

maintained between the spandrel glass and

other building components. In addition,

ceramic painted glass should not be used in

applications where the painted surface is

viewed or where backlighting may occur.

1.15

Organic Opacifier

As reflective glass became more popular, it

was increasingly difficult to match the

spandrel panels to the vision glass. Today

reflective glass is being specified for spandrel

as well as vision panels providing the facade

with an overall uniform appearance.

To mask the vision into the spandrel area, an

organic (polyester) opacifier film is bonded to

the coated (second) surface of monolithic

panels. It is essential the glass in these

applications be heat strengthened to

withstand thermal stress. Should breakage,

either mechanical or thermal occur, the

opacifier will tend to hold the glass in place

until the panel can be replaced.

G.James does not recommend the use of

opacifier on glass which has a visible light

transmission greater than 25%, as it highlights

any imperfections in the film application. It

should also be noted, that panels used in

structural glazing applications are to be

ordered with the necessary cutback to the

opacifer to ensure good adhesion of the

silicone to the glass substrate.

Under certain lighting conditions a banding

effect may be noticeable between the vision

and spandrel glass. If this is unacceptable,

insulated glass units should be specified. As

with all spandrel glass, a minimum 50mm gap

should be maintained between the opacified

glass and any backup material.

Insulated Glass Units

To minimise the banding effect and achieve

greater uniformity between the vision and

spandrel glass, new glass combinations were

required. This saw the development and

introduction of IG units into spandrel

applications. A unit that incorporates the vision

glass as the outer lite and a ceramic painted

(dark grey) panel as the inner lite is now

considered the ultimate spandrel glass. This

spandrel make-up provides an ideal match for

vision areas regardless of whether reflective,

Low E or tinted glass is installed. Many

monumental projects use IG units in the

spandrel applications.

Shadow Boxes

Some designers prefer to address the ‘read

through’ of reflective, unopacified glass by26

Page 28: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

1.

0

GE

TT

IN

G

TO

K

NO

W

GL

AS

S

2 7

Figure 1.15a: Spandrel Design Types

using a simple shadow box design. A situation

arises when the temperature and humidity

conditions in this cavity become extreme

causing out-gassing from the backup materials,

depositing a visible film on the glass.

Consequently G.James does not recommend

the use of shadow boxes with unopacified

Solarplus products or transparent glasses.

Glass – The versatile building material (Rialto Hotel, Melbourne)

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 29: 26756730 Glass Handbook

FLOATGLASSFLOATGLASS2.0

2.

0

FL

OA

T

GL

AS

S

2 . 0 F L O A T G L A S S

Float glass

Clear Float

Production of float glass involves the pouring

of molten glass from a furnace onto a large,

shallow bath of molten tin. The glass floats on

the molten tin, spreading out and forming

level parallel surfaces, with the thickness

controlled by the speed at which the

solidifying glass is drawn off the tin bath.

The glass then travels through an annealing lehr

where the cooling process continues under

controlled conditions and emerges in one long

2.1

continuous ribbon, where it is then cut to suitcustomer requirements.

Clear float glass is colourless and transparentthereby providing a high degree of visible lighttransmittance.

Tinted Float

Body tinted or heat absorbing glasses areproduced on the float process with theaddition of small quantities of metal oxides tothe normal clear glass mix.

The standard range of colours are Green, Grey,Blue and Bronze. Addition of colour does notaffect the basic properties of the glassalthough visible light reflectance will beslightly lower than clear glass. The colourdensity will increase with thickness while thevisible light transmittance will decreasecorrespondingly as the thickness increases.

Tinted glasses reduce solar transmittance byabsorbing a large proportion of the solarenergy, the majority of which is subsequentlydissipated to the outside by re-radiation andconvection. It is for this reason that extra careneeds to be given to edge condition and thefact that heat strengthening may be required,particularly with the thicker glasses, to avoidthe risk of thermal breakage.

2.2

28

100

Wavelength (um)

Tran

smitt

ance

(%)

0

6mm clear

0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5

90

80

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

Solar Infra-red (heat)Visible LightUV

6mm bronze

6mm grey

6mm green

6mm Evergreen

Graph 2.2a: Transmitted Energy Wavelength

Crown Towers, Surfers Paradise

Page 30: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

2.

0

FL

OA

T

GL

AS

S

Supertints

The supertints are a further extension of the

family of tinted glass products. Products such

as Evergreen/Solargreen, Azurlite and Arctic

Blue provide excellent light transmittance

while still maintaining effective solar control

properties. These products are often termed

‘spectrally selective’ as they effectively select

the visible light band from the solar spectrum

(resulting in a higher light transmission) and

filter out the UV and infra-red bands when

compared to standard tints. In contrast,

Supergrey and Optigray have been designed

to reduce light transmittance and solar heat

gain to achieve desirable shading coefficients.

As supertints have higher absorption

properties than standard tinted glass, a

thermal safety assessment is recommended

to determine if heat treatment is required.

Evergreen: Is one of the supertints specifically

designed to provide high light transmittance

along with excellent solar control properties. At

the same time it reduces glare and UV

transmittance. With a 66% light transmittance,

this compares to 43% for standard grey, 51% for

standard bronze and 78% for standard green. An

additional benefit of Evergreen is that it offers

approximately 20% better solar performance

than body tinted glass with a shading coefficient

of 0.58 compared to 0.69 - 0.71 for the standard

tints. Its overall solar performance ratio or

luminous efficacy is exceptional with a ratio of

1.13 (the higher the figure the better) which

compares to standard grey or bronze with 0.62

and 0.72 respectively. Evergreen is an ideal

choice for reducing both air-conditioning and

lighting costs.

Azurlite: Has a pleasing azure blue appearance,

and combines a high light transmittance with

an effective, relatively low shading coefficient.

At 71% light transmittance, the total solar

energy transmitted is only 50% giving a

shading coefficient of 0.58 and a luminous

efficacy 1.22.

Optigray: Optigray 23 is designed to offer a

much lower light transmittance of only 23%.

While at the same time, the total heat

transmittance is reduced to 41% and achieving

an effective shading coefficient of 0.47 and a

luminous efficacy of 0.49. The reduction of the

2.3

29

light transmittance has the added advantage of

cutting reflection down to 5% while

simultaneously allowing only 8% ultra-violet

transmittance. It is therefore very beneficial in

providing protection against fading.

Supergrey: Provides the lowest visible light

transmittance (8%) of any body tinted glass.

However, it gives exceptional solar control with

the lowest shading coefficient (0.39) of any

uncoated glass and, in some instances, better

than that of certain reflective glasses. In

addition it has very low indoor and outdoor

reflectance of only 4% and is extremely

effective in reducing glare and the need for

internal blinds. Its deep grey toned colour

enables it to be used in matching spandrel

panels with no read through. Further, Supergrey

blocks 99% of ultra-violet radiation reducing the

degradation of carpets and fabrics.

Low Iron

Standard everyday clear glass has an inherent

green tinge, which is more apparent when

viewing the edge of the glass or in a

composite stack of many panels.

The colour is due to the iron content in the

sand (silica) whereas the low iron glasses

contain approximately one tenth of the iron

content of standard clear glass. Products such

as Starphire and Diamant are ultraclear

glasses that are amazingly white. In monolithic

form, these are ideal in decorative and

furniture applications while it can be

toughened or laminated for use in showcases,

shopfronts and toughened glass entries.

Increasingly, architects are looking for a white

glass because of its high fidelity colour

transmittance and the clarity of the edges

make it ideal for atriums or indeed entire

facades where solar control is not a factor.

2.4

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 31: 26756730 Glass Handbook

LAMINATED SAFETY GLASS3.0

3.

0

LA

MI

NA

TE

D

SA

FE

TY

G

LA

SS

3 . 0 L A M I N A T E D S A F E T Y G L A S S

Laminated safety glass

Introduction

In 1903 French chemist Edward Benedictus

accidentally broke a bottle of cellulose acetate

in his laboratory. As a result, he discovered that

the cellulose, on hardening, held the fragments

of glass together. This subsequently led to the

use of cellulose as the binding agent in the

glass laminating process. A Saint-Gobain

patent of the process followed in 1910. Further

development by Dupont and Monsanto led to

the use of laminated windscreens in cars after

the Second World War.

3.1

Vinyls have long since replaced the earlier use

of celluloid, which tended to turn brown with

age and become brittle. Polyvinyl Butyral (PVB)

is now the most common interlayer material

used around the world for laminating purposes.

Process

The manufacture of laminated glass

commences with the glass being thoroughly

washed and dried before passing into an air-

conditioned ‘clean room’. Here the humidity

and temperature are strictly controlled, with

operators wearing special lint-free headgear

and clothing, to ensure the atmosphere is free

of dust, moisture and debris of any description.

A PVB interlayer, initially translucent in

appearance, is sandwiched between the

glass(es) which then pass through pressurised

rollers and heating ovens. This pre-nip, de-airing

process removes air trapped between the glass

and the interlayer(s) as well as softening the

PVB to give initial adhesion or pre-tacking.

The glass is then autoclaved where it is again

heated and subjected to extreme pressure

(between 8 and 12 BAR) permanently bonding

the glass and the interlayer. It is during this

final process that the glass becomes

completely transparent.

G.James produce laminated glass covering the

full spectrum from basic 2 ply clear laminates,

through tinted, reflective to multi-ply, bandit

and bullet resistant, and very high impact

performance products.

3.2

30

Minimum Maximum

Thickness 5.38mm 50mm

Size 100mm x 100mm 2440mm x 3660mm

Table 3.2a: Manufacturing Capabilities

Clean room, G.James Malaysia

Autoclaving glass, Brisbane

Page 32: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

3.

0

LA

MI

NA

TE

D

SA

FE

TY

G

LA

SS

Benefits

G.James laminated glass is a durable,

versatile, high performance glazing material

that offers a range of benefits:

Safety

When subjected to accidental human impact,

the bond between the glass and interlayer

combine to absorb the force of the impact,

resisting penetration of the laminate. Should

the impact be sufficient to break the glass,

the resulting fragments typically remain

intact, firmly adhered to the PVB interlayer.

This important characteristic significantly

reduces the likelihood of serious injury

qualifying laminated glass as a Grade A

safety glass.

Security

Laminated glass offers greater protection for

people and property by providing an

effective barrier when under attack. Although

the glass will break if hit with a hammer,

brick or similar object, the interlayer will

resist penetration ensuring any attempt to

enter the premises will be slow and noisy.

Also, if attacked the glass will tend to remain

in the opening, keeping wind and rain out of

the building until it can be replaced at a

convenient time.

3.3

31

Brisbane Convention Centre

Sound Reduction

In many instances laminated glass is often

overlooked as an acoustic glass. For most

applications, laminated glass provides an

effective, low cost method of reducing the

transmission of noise through the glass. This

is achieved through the ‘viscoelastic’

properties of the PVB interlayer which

dampens the coincidence dip (See Section

1.14) in the mid to high frequency range (1000

- 2000 Hz). Coincidence impairs the overall

acoustic performance of glazing systems, as

general environmental noise sources such as

traffic and aircraft have significant amounts of

sound energy in this frequency range.

Heat and Glare Control

While it is desirable to allow more natural light

into our homes and buildings, more light often

means more heat entering the interior.

Laminated glass with a tinted interlayer, can

reduce heat gain by absorbing this radiated

heat while simultaneously cutting down the

amount of glare that occurs with high levels of

natural light. The underlying benefit is lower

costs associated with cooling the interior.

For optimum heat and glare control, G.James’

range of Optilight products (See Section 3.5)

or laminated glass incorporating a Solarplus

reflective coating (See Section 6.2) are

recommended.

Page 33: 26756730 Glass Handbook

3.

0

LA

MI

NA

TE

D

SA

FE

TY

G

LA

SS

3 . 0 L A M I N A T E D S A F E T Y G L A S S

UV Elimination

G.James laminated glass products protect

expensive curtains, furnishings and carpets from

the damaging effects of short-wave ultra-violet

radiation. The PVB interlayer filters the sun

eliminating up to 99% of UV rays while allowing

the important visible light to pass through.

Low Visible Distortion

Due to the controlled nature of the

laminating process, facades glazed with

laminated, annealed glass avoid the risk of

visible distortions, providing significantly

sharper reflections.

NB: These benefits are dependent on the nature of the final

processed product.

With glass laminating facilities in Australia and

Malaysia, G.James has the capability to

manufacture the complete range of

architectural glass products to satisfy specific

design requirements for colour, thermal and

mechanical performance.

Applications

The many features and possible configurations

of laminated glass combine to provide a product

that has a wide and varied range of applications:

• Overhead glazing, skylights and rooflights

• Glazed areas surrounding gymnasiums and

swimming pools

3.4

32

Incident solarenergy

5% reflected53% absorbedand reradiated

58% total rejected

30% directlytransmitted

12% absorbedand reradiated

42% total admitted

out in

Figure 3.5a: Optilight HL719

Solar performance analysis based on 12.76mm Optilight HL719

Laminated glass application

• Glass balustrading and lift wells

• Showerscreens, mirrors, sliding doors and

sidelights

• Shopping centres, offices and banks

• Hospitals, schools and libraries

• Aquariums and zoos

• Jails, embassies and security vehicles

• Blast resistant glazing

Optilight

Optilight is G.James’ range of spectrally

selective, high performance laminated glass

products that offer optimum light transmission,

reduced solar heat gain/loss and minimum

reflectance while maintaining the natural toning

of the glass.

By combining readily available raw glass and

interlayer, and the latest hard-coating

technology, Optilight provides a cost-effective

product with proven durability, reliability and

serviceability. The neutral coloured coating

incorporated within this glass ensures minimal

reflection and is therefore ideal in commercial

applications where the original clear or tinted

appearance of glass is desired.

Capable of being supplied as either a

laminated product or incorporated into an IG

unit, Optilight products are suitable for vision

and overhead glazing applications.

As with all high performance solar control

products, a thermal safety assessment is

recommended to assess the need for heat

processing to avoid thermal fracture of the

glass. (See Appendix One for a Thermal Safety

Assessment Form.)

3.5

Page 34: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

3.

0

LA

MI

NA

TE

D

SA

FE

TY

G

LA

SS

Cyclone Resistant Laminate

By incorporating a thicker combination of

interlayers, Cyclone Resistant laminate is

designed to resist penetration of flying

debris and maintain clear vision (dependent

on glass configuration) in the event of

breakage. Also designed to satisfy the

criteria for protection in openings, as defined

in the Australian Standards AS 1170.2, this

product resembles an ordinary panel of glass

when glazed.

It is essential that cyclone resistant glass is

held captive in a suitable framing system to

prevent the glass from evacuating the

building when subjected to severe storm and

cyclone conditions.

G.James cyclone resistant, laminated safety

glass can be manufactured to incorporate

solar control products.

Tests have shown that cyclone resistant

glass meets the requirement of resisting

penetration from impact of a 4kg, 50mm x

100mm timber plank on end, travelling at

15mtrs/sec. This is equivalent to an impact

energy of 450J.

3.6

33

Anti-bandit Glass

G.James Anti-bandit glass is a laminatedproduct incorporating a 1.52mm PVBinterlayer. It is this increased thickness ofinterlayer which foils attacks from such itemsas bricks, hammers and axes.

It is essential that anti-bandit glass is heldcaptive in a suitable framing system to preventthe glass evacuating the building whensubjected to an attack.

Characteristics

Edge Delamination

Delamination to the edge of laminated glass isan inherent characteristic of this product.More noticeable where the glass edges areexposed, delamination is the result of abreakdown in the bond between the polyvinylbutyral interlayer and the glass. The extent ofthe breakdown will depend on the glazingapplication and location but generally will notextend any further than 10mm in from theglass edge. It should be noted delamination isnot detrimental to the strength or performanceof the glass. If delamination is a concern, it isrecommended that the glass be glazed fullycaptive in a frame.

3.8

3.7

Lloyds of London

Page 35: 26756730 Glass Handbook

HEATTREATEDGLASS4.0

4.

0

HE

AT

T

RE

AT

ED

G

LA

SS

4 . 0 H E A T T R E A T E D G L A S S

Heat Treated glass

Introduction

In the Mappae Clavicula (a 9th century book)

there is a description of ‘unbreakable glass’. It

was understood at this early stage that glass

could be toughened and made stronger by

quenching in hot oil. Similarly ‘Prince Rupert’s

Drops’ were produced by dropping molten

gobs of glass into water. The result is a

teardrop shaped piece of glass, the head of

which is strong enough to withstand heavy

blows with a hammer. However if the fine tail

is snapped off, the complete teardrop

explodes with a surprising amount of energy.

This phenomenon occurs due to the outer

‘skin’ of the drop immediately solidifying on

contact with the water while the centre cools

at a slower rate. Consequently, the centre of

the drop is put into tension and pulls inwards

on the already hardened outer surface, which

is now in compression. Breaking the tail

releases the tension, which dissipates through

the compressed outer surface. This is a

classic demonstration of the principles

involved in the toughening process.

4.1

In 1879 De La Bastie took this principle further

by quenching the glass in a bath of linseed oil

and tallow. The resulting product however was

closer to what is today termed ‘heat

strengthened’, rather than fully toughened.

Both these methods had severe bowing

problems which Siemens tried to overcome by

quenching the glass between two cast iron

blocks. It was not until 1928 that Reunies des

Glaces in France invented the vertical electric

furnace where large sheets of glass could be

processed with minimal bowing. Pilkington

(U.K.) followed quickly with their process of

quenching by blowing air on both sides of the

glass simultaneously.

In essence the process remains the same

today and although vertical furnaces are still

used, almost all architectural glass is

produced on horizontal furnaces.

Process

Toughened Glass

The cut-to-size glass sheets are fed from the

loading conveyer into the furnace where it

oscillates back and forth on ceramic rollers

until it reaches approximately 620˚C.

Progressing from the furnace, the glass moves

into the quench where it is rapidly cooled by

blasting both sides with air.

This ‘snap cooling’ or quenching induces

compressive stresses to the glass surface

while the centre remains in tension. Although

the physical characteristics remain unchanged,

the additional stresses created within the

glass increases its strength by 4 - 5 times that

of annealed glass of equal thickness.

Heat Strengthened

The process is similar to that of toughening,

however in this instance the glass is quenched

4.2

34

G.James Toughening Furnace, Brisbane

Page 36: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

4.

0

HE

AT

T

RE

AT

ED

G

LA

SS

at a slower rate. The result is lower compressive

stress, increasing the strength to only twice that

of annealed glass of equal thickness.

The latest development in technology has

been the introduction of gas-fired, forced

convection heat processing which has

resulted in improvements in the speed of

manufacture and quality of heat treated glass.

G.James operates the following heat

processing facilities:

Brisbane: Two horizontal furnaces, the largest

of which is gas-fired.

Sydney: Three horizontal furnaces (one of

which manufactures both flat and curved

toughened glass) and one vertical tong

furnace for specialty glass.

Melbourne: One horizontal furnace.

Malaysia: One horizontal furnace.

Properties

Toughened Safety Glass

• Up to five times stronger than annealed

glass of the same thickness

• Designated Grade A safety glass as per

AS/NZS 2208

• In the event of breakage, the panel will

fracture into relatively small harmless

particles

• Greater resistance to thermal stress when

compared to annealed glass (can be

subjected to temperatures ranging from

70˚C to 290˚C)

Because of its mechanical strength it is ideal

for creating a ‘total vision’ concept in all glass

assemblies, foyers and entrance ways. It is

4.3

35

The small and relatively harmless fragments of toughened glass

recommended for doors, side panels and low

lites, glass balustrades, shower and bath

screens, pool fences and glass walled

squash courts. It is also used in automotive,

marine, rail and land transport as well as

furniture applications.

Heat Strengthened

• Twice as strong as annealed glass of equal

thickness

• Not designated as a safety glass

• Greater resistance to thermal stress when

compared to annealed glass

• Typically breaks into large pieces, which

tend to remain in the opening

Tension

Compressive stresses

Figure 4.2a: Stresses in Heat Treated Glass

Available Sizes

G.James Safety Glass can offer an extensive

range of toughened and heat strengthened

products and manufacture to the following

size specifications:

4.4

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 37: 26756730 Glass Handbook

4.

0

HE

AT

T

RE

AT

ED

G

LA

SS

4 . 0 H E A T T R E A T E D G L A S S

Brisbane:

• 2100mm x 4500mm @ 3mm - 19mm thick

• 1500mm x 5100mm @ 5mm - 25mm thick

Sydney:

• 2100mm x 4000mm @ 4mm - 25mm thick

• 1500mm x 2400mm @ 4mm - 25mm thick

• 2100mm x 3600mm @ 5mm - 19mm thick

• 20mm diameter min. (vertical)

Melbourne:

• 2100mm x 5000mm @ 4mm - 25mm thick

Malaysia:

• 2440mm x 4200mm @ 4mm - 19mm thick

Height to width ratio limitation on all furnaces

is 15:1, while the minimum size on all

horizontal furnaces is 350mm x 350mm.

NB: Should your glass requirements approach these

maximum or minimum sizes, please consult our technical

advisory service.

Manufacturing Guidelines

As heat treated glass cannot be cut, drilled or

edgeworked in any way, it is therefore

important to ensure the sizes ordered are

correct. If a template is required, it should be

full size and of a rigid material such as plywood.

If applicable, and in particular with reflective

glasses, the direction of roller-wave should be

specified (See Section 4.8). It is recommended

the roller-wave run horizontal provided the sizes

are within the constraint of the furnace width.

Again due to the heat process involved,

toughened glass will contain localised warp

or bow which will vary with thickness and

colour, particularly reflective glasses including

Low E, ceramic painted, sandblasted or

figured rolled glass.

Holes

Hole sizes

The following hole sizes are available:

5mm, 6mm, 6.5mm, 7mm, 8mm, 9mm,

10mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm,

17mm, 18mm, 19mm, 20mm, 21mm, 22mm,

23mm, 25mm, 26mm, 28mm, 30mm, 32mm,

35mm, 40mm, 42mm, 45mm, 50mm, 58mm

and 80mm.

4.5

Due to the dimensional precision required

for the various applications of heat

processed glass, accurate and detailed

diagrams are essential.

To avoid confusion, manufacturing delays and

costly replacements, diagrams must comply

with the following guidelines:

Diagram Guidelines

• Each item should be drawn separately on A4

size paper

• Each item must be clearly dimensioned with

clearly indicated measurements from

reference points

• Cut-out or notch positions and sizes must

be clearly dimensioned with the

measurement preferably to the edge of the

cut-out or notch

• Hole sizes indicated and hole positions

clearly dimensioned from the edge to the

hole centre

• Glass thickness and type indicated

• Edgework requirements indicated to all

individual edges

• Stamp position and type indicated

• Square corners indicated on rakes or

irregular shapes

• Radii clearly indicated

Applications

Balustrades

Framed and structural self-supporting

balustrades are ideal for use in pool fencing,

balcony, staircase and other applications

where the ultimate in unobstructed views is

desired. Suitable for both commercial and

residential situations, these systems provide a

low maintenance, stylish and unique

balustrade alternative.

G.James offer a selection of powder coated

aluminium framed balustrade or structural self-

supporting systems glazed with Grade A safety

glass (clear, tinted or decorative).

The glass thickness used for such purposes is

dependent upon the application with strict

compliance to the relevant regulations, codes

and standards.

4.6

36

Page 38: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

4.

0

HE

AT

T

RE

AT

ED

G

LA

SS

3 7

Hole diameters must be lessthan 33% of the panelmeasurement at the narrowestheight / width dimension.

The distance betweenholes must be at least 4times the glass thickness

Countersunk holes at 45˚are available upon request

Minimum hole diameteris 5mm but must beequal to, or greater thanthe glass thickness

Glass (with holes) widthto be at least 8 times theglass thickness

The distance from the edge ofhole to edge of glass must beat least 1.5 times (4-6mm) or2 times (8-25mm) the glassthickness

The distance from edge ofhole in a corner to bothedges of glass must be atminimum 4 times the glassthickness

Figure 4.5a: Process Limitations – Holes

16mm 51.5mmØ hole

62mm

44m

m

38.5

mm

InsertCut-out / notch width andheight must be less than33% of the height / widthdimension

The distance between edge of cut-out / notch and edge of glass to beat least 50% of the relevant widthor height of the cut-out / notch.N.B. Minimum 75mm (4-6mm) and100mm (8-25mm)

Cut-outs / notcheswith corner holesmust be as noted inInsert (above)

Cut-outs / notches to haverounded corners or semi-circular ends with a radius equalto, or greater than the glassthickness

Minimum 19mm radius atsemi-circle of cut-out

Interior width and heightof cut-out / notch must beequal to, or greater thanglass thickness

Corner radius to beequal to, or greaterthan glass thickness

External cornersmust be rounded

Corners rounded

Figure 4.5b: Process Limitations – Cut-outs and Notches

NB: Holes will have a ground finish with arris unless otherwise specified.

NB: Cut-outs and notches will have a ground finish with arris. Polished cut-outs and notches are available on request.

Page 39: 26756730 Glass Handbook

4.

0

HE

AT

T

RE

AT

ED

G

LA

SS

4 . 0 H E A T T R E A T E D G L A S S

Consult the following to ensure compliance:

• AS 1170: Wind Load requirements

• AS 1288: Use of Glass in Buildings

• The Building Code of Australia

• Local Authority requirements

• AS 1926: Fences for Swimming Pools

• AS 2820: Gate Units for Private SwimmingPools

NB: G.James does not recommend monolithic toughened

glass be used on the exterior sheer face in elevated

locations above trafficable areas.

Frameless Showerscreens

Frameless toughened safety glassshowerscreens offer a unique and stylishalternative to aluminium framed screens bycreating the illusion of space and a distinctfeature in bathrooms and ensuites.

With configurations limited only by theimagination, each screen is custom designedand measured to suit the particular site toensure structural stability and functionality.

A wide selection of handles (or knobs) andhinges are available in powder coated, chromeor gold plated finishes.

Glass Assemblies

Suspended glass assemblies allow designersto create an impressive feature without theinterference of framing, providing greater lightand a feel of open space with minimal visualbarriers. In principle, the system involvestoughened glass panels bolted together at the38

Frameless toughened glass showerscreen

Toughened glass assembly

edges/ends with specially designed fittingsand hung from the building structure hencethe term ‘suspended’ glass assemblies.

Toughened glass fins are used at each verticaljoint to act as stabilisers and provide stiffnessagainst high wind loads. The panel to paneljoints are sealed with silicone and the entireassembly is suspended on adjustable hangersand retained at the bottom and sides in aperipheral channel. This channel, designedwith deep glazing pockets, can accommodatea certain amount of movement within thefloating facade. An exciting new developmentin frameless glass assemblies is the use ofstructural trusses eliminating the need forpatch fittings.

Types

Toughened glass assemblies can be designedto incorporate the following systems:

• ‘Spider’ fittings with cable/bow trusses

• Patch plate fittings

• Countersunk, flush faced patch fittings

• Structural trusses (without the need for holes)

G.James can design assemblies to suit a widerange of applications incorporating either flator curved toughened glass.

NB: It is recommended that glass used in suspended glass

assemblies be heat soak tested.

Page 40: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

4.

0

HE

AT

T

RE

AT

ED

G

LA

SS

39

Facadeglass

Fin Splice plate

Patch fitting

Suspensionhanger

Suspensionpoint

Peripheral channel

Fin support box

Figure 4.6a: Toughened Glass Assemblies

Toughened glass assembly incorporating spider fittings

Page 41: 26756730 Glass Handbook

4.

0

HE

AT

T

RE

AT

ED

G

LA

SS

4 . 0 H E A T T R E A T E D G L A S S

Frameless Entries

For building entrances and shopfrontapplications, frameless toughened glassentries provide impressive, unobstructedviews with design flexibility and functionality.

Types:

• Heavy-duty floor springs in single or doubleaction with hold open or non-hold openfunctions

• Automatic pivot systems

• Concealed overhead closers

• Automatic, overhead operators with electriclocks, card readers or panic bars

Hardware Options:

• Locks fitted to the top and/or bottom rails,or at the handle position

40

Full width rails fitted along top and bottom edgesType A

Full width rails fitted along bottom edge only, patch fitted at top cornerType B

Patches fitted at top and bottom cornersType C

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8

B9 B10 B11 B12 B13

C9 C10 C11 C12 C13

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8

Figure 4.6b: Frameless Glass Door Options

Frameless toughened glass entry

Page 42: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

4.

0

HE

AT

T

RE

AT

ED

G

LA

SS

• Handles in a selection of designs and sizes

All above are available in either brass, polishedor satin stainless steel, powder coated oranodised finishes.

Bi-folding and Stacking Doors

Utilising the latest hardware componentry withthe features of toughened glass, bi-folding andstacking doors offer a moveable wall systemwhich allows the glass panels to travel in aconcertina style folding action. The glasspanels can be either framed or frameless and,once completely opened, be totally hiddenfrom public view. This facility allows anycommercial operation to have maximumbusiness exposure and full use of all availablespace making it perfect for cafes, coffeeshops etc.

41

Frameless toughened glass stacking door system

Figure 4.7a: Colourlite Standard Colours

Black High Opacity White Gannet Denim

Hawthorn Green

NB: Colours are for illustrative purposes only

Pewter Sandhill Federation Red

Multi-stacking configurations can be designed

to suit residential applications to provide

unobstructed views of the city, surrounding

countryside or pool area. In addition, bi-folding

and stacking systems are capable of

incorporating sliding or pivot doors.

NB: Weatherproofing issues need to be considered.

Colourlite(Ceramic Painted Glass)

The application of fused colour to glass

provides architects with the ability to

complement or contrast the vision glass used

in today’s modern buildings. The coloured frit

used in this process consists of glassflux

(70 - 95%) and ceramic pigment (5 - 30%).

4.7

Page 43: 26756730 Glass Handbook

4.

0

HE

AT

T

RE

AT

ED

G

LA

SS

4 . 0 H E A T T R E A T E D G L A S S

Process

The manufacture of Colourlite involves

‘screening’ the selected coloured ceramic paint

onto one side of the glass. This method of

application ensures total and complete coverage

of the glass surface. Once the colour has been

applied, the glass is then heat treated with the

heat generated within the furnace sufficient to

melt the frit into the glass substrate.

Minimum size: 350mm x 350mm

Maximum size: 1500mm x 2700mm

Properties and Applications

The application of Colourlite bonds the colour

to the glass, supplying a permanent non-

porous surface with excellent scratch

resistance (removal of the colour is not

possible without damage to the glass

substrate). G.James Colourlite is impervious to

weathering and fade resistant.

Variation in perceived colour may occur withany ceramic frit. Such variations however willbe more apparent with white or light coloursbecause of unavoidable light transmittance.Further due to inherent variations in theceramic frit thickness, lighter colours are moreinfluenced by the colours of materials installedbehind the glass. Therefore, if white Colourliteis specified, the area behind the glass must beof a uniform light colour to avoid anyshadowing effect. It is recommended that full-sized prototypes (incorporating all specifiedspandrel materials, in particular insulation) areviewed on-site and approved by the client toavoid any oversight in this regard.

Viewing should always be from the glass sideand never the painted surface, nor shouldColourlite be used in applications wherebacklighting may occur.

Colourlite’s excellent colour stability andaesthetic features means this product isperfect for spandrel panels in highrise/apartment buildings. Choose from theeight standards colours (See Figure 4.7a) orselect your own customised colour.

Characteristics

Roller-wave

An inherent consequence of the heattreatment process is roller-wave which iscaused by the heated, slightly softened glassbeing in continual contact with theoscillating ceramic rollers. This distortion ismore noticeable in reflective or dark tintedglasses and if applicable, the direction ofroller-wave should be specified. It isrecommended the roller-wave run horizontalprovided the sizes are within themanufacturing constraints of the furnace.

Quench Pattern

During the quenching phase of the heattreatment process, the glass is rapidly cooledby high velocity blasts of air. Inevitably thisresults in slightly higher levels of compressionat those areas adjacent to the air nozzles. Theconsequence of these areas of highcompressive stresses is the occasionalappearance of a strain pattern of iridescentspots or darkish shadows. This effect isreferred to as the ‘quench pattern’ as it occursin the furnace quench.

4.8

42

Colourlite spandrel application

Concrete slab

Vision glass

Insulation

Colourlite

Ceiling transom

Vision glass Front view

Figure 4.7b: Colourlite Spandrel Application

Page 44: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

4.

0

HE

AT

T

RE

AT

ED

G

LA

SS

Typically, the pattern is only visible at times of

polarised light or by viewing the glass from

the inside at acute angles. Similarly, the thicker

and more reflective the glass, the more

obvious the quench pattern will be.

Nickel Sulphide Inclusion

Toughened glass can on rare occasions

shatter for what appears to be no apparent

reason. This is sometimes referred to as a

‘spontaneous breakage’.

In the early 1960’s, the I.C.I. building in

Melbourne had extensive breakage in the

spandrel panels. Mr Ron Ballantine of the

CSIRO investigated the case and discovered

the cause was nickel sulphide (NiS) inclusions,

a substance that possesses both an Alpha and

a Beta phase. Once subjected to heat, as

would occur during the toughening process,

this phase alters to the more unstable Beta

phase. Since the quenching process is very

rapid, the structure of NiS does not have time

to transform back to the stable Alpha phase.

This phase transformation will continue to

occur over periods of time ranging from a few

minutes to years after glazing.

The cause of spontaneous breakage is not

limited to NiS but any foreign particle, even

silica stones, which may enter the raw glass

mix or float glass manufacturing process.

However while other such particles can be

found using electronic scanners, to date NiS

stones go undetected, only being identified

after breakage. Identification is possible by

following the fracture radii to the centre point

of origin. If there appears two larger fragments 43

An example of a quench pattern viewed under polarised light

Left: Typical failure pattern (butterfly wings) observed afterspontaneous breakages of toughened glass due to NiS inclusions

Right: Scanning Electron Micrograph of a typical NiS inclusionobserved after the spontaneous failure of toughened glass (about0.2mm diameter). One can note the rough aspect of the surface, asalways seen on dangerous NiS stones

shaped like ‘butterfly wings’, this would

typically indicate the presence of NiS.

Microscopic examination may reveal a minute

black speck or NiS stone in the centre of the

glass. Stones of concern are always situated

in the central or tensile zone and vary in size

upwards from 0.04um in diameter.

While glass manufacturers are extremely

careful to ensure that no nickel enters the

glass tank, it should be noted that it takes only

0.1 gram of nickel in a 500 tonne tank to

produce 50,000 NiS stones.

Heat Soak Testing

G.James Safety Glass can conduct heat soaktesting (HST) on toughened glass if required.Heat soaking is a destructive test which heatsthe glass for several hours at 280˚C to speedup the Alpha to Beta transformation of anynickel sulphide (NiS) should it be present. Thisaccelerated testing process reduces thelikelihood of breakage by a factor of 20 with a95% conversion rate of potentially damagingnickel sulphide inclusions. Obviouslyidentifying NiS inclusion prior to on-siteinstallation has distinctive cost, safety andsecurity benefits and is therefore stronglyrecommended for toughened glassassemblies or where the consequence ofbreakage could result in injury.

4.9

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 45: 26756730 Glass Handbook

CURVEDTOUGHENEDGLASS5.0

5.

0

CU

RV

ED

T

OU

GH

EN

ED

G

LA

SS

5 . 0 C U R V E D T O U G H E N E D G L A S S

Curved toughened glass

44

Introduction

In another first G.James combines the strengthof toughening with the latest in curved safetyglass technology to offer architects, specifiersand interior designers a range of innovativeand exciting design options.

The continuous manufacturing processinvolves heating, then curving the glass to therequired shape before finally toughening. Byemploying movable platens in the quenchingprocess, the need for expensive press mouldshas been eliminated. This technology allowseach shape to be precisely moulded tocustomer specifications providing costeffective building solutions.

5.1

J - Curves

S - Curves

Cylindrical

Cylindrical with Flats

V - Curves

Figure 5.3a: Available Curves

A range of possible curves

Terminology

To assist designers and clients when seekingquotations or placing orders the followingterminology should be used:

Height: The straight edge length of the glass.

Depth: The distance between two parallel lineswhich enclose the curved glass.

Radius: The distance from the centre of thecircle to the circumference of the circle.

Degree: The angle of a segment in a circleexpressed in degrees.

Tangent: A straight line extending from the arcof the curve.

Chord: The straight distance between theedges of the curve.

Girth: The distance around the surface of thecurve.

(See Figures 5.2a & 5.2b)

5.2

Page 46: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

5.

0

CU

RV

ED

T

OU

GH

EN

ED

G

LA

SS

45

Thickness Glass type Girth Height Minium radius

3mm Heat Strengthened 2140mm 2500mm 635mm

4mm Heat Strengthened 2140mm 2500mm 635mm

5mm Toughened 2140mm 2500mm 635mm

6mm Toughened 2140mm 3000mm 635mm

8mm Toughened 2140mm 3000mm 762mm

10mm Toughened 2140mm 3000mm 762mm

10mm Toughened 2140mm 3660mm 1525mm

12mm Toughened 2140mm 3000mm 889mm

12mm Toughened 2140mm 3660mm 1525mm

15mm Toughened 1830mm 1830mm 2550mm

19mm Toughened 1830mm 1830mm 2700mm

Table 5.4a: Maximum Sizes

Depth

Girth

Hei

ght

Tang

ent

DegreeRad

ius

Figure 5.2a: Dimensional Specification No.1

Thickness

Girth

Radius

Radius

Dep

th

Hei

ght

Chord

Thic

knes

s

Girth

Chord

Radius

Degree

Dep

th

Hei

ght

TangentTangent

Figure 5.2b: Dimensional Specification No.2

Page 47: 26756730 Glass Handbook

5.

0

CU

RV

ED

T

OU

GH

EN

ED

G

LA

SS

5 . 0 C U R V E D T O U G H E N E D G L A S S

Available Curves

(See Figure 5.3a)

It should be noted that the maximum bending

angle is 90˚, therefore a full circle (360˚) can

only be achieved using four pieces of glass.

Maximum Sizes

As height increases, the glass becomes more

difficult to curve and therefore the minimum

radius must be increased. Similarly as the

glass weight and thickness increases, the

maximum height must be decreased and the

minimum radius increased (See Table 5.4a).

Measuring

Providing accurate dimensions for the purpose

of manufacturing curved toughened is crucial

to the whole process. In particular, the radius

and girth dimension must be clearly stated as

being measured from either:

a) the inside edge of the glass,

b)the centre of the glass, or

c) the outside of the glass.

5.5

5.4

5.3

46

G.James’ flat and curved glass toughening furnace, Sydney

The preferred dimension is the radius from theinside edge of the glass, particularly forcylindrical shapes.

Where the chord and depth dimensions canbe supplied, a computer program will be usedto print out all necessary dimensions forclients checking and sign off.

Templates would be preferred for cylindricalshapes but are a must for cylindrical shapeswith flats. All templates must be of a hardmaterial such as plywood and remember theminimum possible radii as previously listed inTable 5.4a.

Applications

G.James curved toughened safety glass hasmany and varied applications including:

• Shopfronts and Internal Partitions

• Balconies, Balustrades and Pool Fencing

• Revolving Doors

• Elevators and Lifts

• Skylights and Covered Walkways

• Bay Windows

• Showerscreens

• Display Cases, Deli bends and Food Cabinets

• Glass Furniture

• Windscreens

5.6

Page 48: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

5.

0

CU

RV

ED

T

OU

GH

EN

ED

G

LA

SS

It is also possible to incorporate Colourlite onto

the surface of curved toughened glass panels.

Glazing

Please refer Section 11.

G.James can also supply, curved aluminium

channels for head and sills if required.

Acceptance Criteria

Limitations

Curved toughened glass can only be curved in

one plane (dimension).

The manufacturing limitations are as follows:

• Maximum girth or curved dimension

– 2140mm (5mm – 12mm)

• Maximum height

– 3000mm (6mm/8mm)

– 3660mm (10mm/12mm)

For other thicknesses see Table 5.4a

• Minimum height 400mm

Edgework: As per flat toughened glass

Cut-outs: As per flat toughened glass

Holes/Spacings: As per flat toughened glass

5.8

5.7

Tolerances

Curve: To fit within ± 3mm of the specifiedshape or 6mm more than the glass thickness.

Local Warpage: At the curved edge: 1.5mm forglass up to 6mm thick and 3mm for glassover 6mm.

Standards

The appropriate standard for Architecturalcurved toughened glass covering thethickness range of 5mm – 12mm is AS/NZS2208. For automotive glasses 5mm – 12mmthick, the appropriate standard is AS 2080.

As 3mm and 4mm are only available in heatstrengthened and not fully toughened, suchpanels are not covered by the above standardsas heat strengthened is not classified as aGrade A safety material.

5.9

47Applications for curved toughened glass

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 49: 26756730 Glass Handbook

REFLECTIVECOATEDGLASS6.0

6.

0

RE

FL

EC

TI

VE

A

ND

C

OA

TE

D

GL

AS

S

6 . 0 R E F L E C T I V E A N D C O A T E D G L A S S

Reflective & Coatedglass

Introduction

As demand for better performing glass

products increased, technology evolved that

allowed metallic coatings to be applied to the

glass surface. The result was a range of glass

products that offer the following benefits:

• A wide choice of external appearances with

varying degrees of reflectance

• Superior, all-round performance levels when

compared to those of body tinted glass

• A multitude of combinations to satisfy

specific aesthetic and performance

requirements

On-line Coatings

On-line coated (or pyrolytic) glass is produced

by depositing a metallic oxide onto the glass

surface during the float manufacturing

process. The result is a series of reflective

coatings that are extremely hard and durable,

to the extent that they can be heat treated and

6.2

6.1

48G.James coating line

Royal Sun Alliance Building, Auckland

curved if required. The application process

does however limit the range of available

colours when compared to off-line coatings.

On-line coated products include Stopsol,

Solarcool and Eclipse in addition to Low E types

Energy Advantage, K Glass and Sungate 500.

Solarplus (Off-line Coatings)

Solarplus is G.James’ range of Airco (off-line)

processed, reflective and Low E solar control

glass products.

In this state-of-the-art technology, the

material to be sputtered is the cathode in a

high voltage electrical circuit. Process gas is

fed into a vacuum chamber where a glow

discharge (plasma) forms. Electrons are

taken from the gas and leave positively

charged ions. The ions are attracted to, and

collide with the target cathode (the material

to be sputtered). This process takes place at

very high speed and atoms of the target

material are ejected and then recondense on

the glass below.

By fine-tuning, the process is capable of

uniform coatings on sheets of glass up to

2140mm x 3660mm or as small as 300mm x

6.3

Page 50: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

6.

0

RE

FL

EC

TI

VE

A

ND

C

OA

TE

D

GL

AS

S

900mm. Almost any non-magnetic alloy ormetal can be sputtered, the more commonones being stainless steel, silver and titanium.With argon present in the chamber, a metalliccoating is produced. With oxygen or nitrogeneither a metallic oxide or metallic nitride layeris produced.

Light transmittance and colour, depend on thecoating material and the density of thedeposit. G.James Safety Glass has the onlyarchitectural glass coating facility in Australia.

Solarplus products are available in eitherannealed monolithic form (clear and tinted),heat treated or laminated glass orincorporated into a Twin-Glazed unit,depending on the selected coating.

49

GlassWashing

EntranceChamber

TransferChamber 1

Sputter ChamberVacuum Pumps

Glass Transport Direction Vacuum Chambers are separated by Valve Locks

Cathode

Chamber 2Chamber 1

Unload

Valve Lock

ExitChamber

TransferChamber 2

Chamber 3

Glass

Figure 6.3a: 3 Chamber Off-line Coating System

+ +–

0 to 100+Anode Volts

DC PowerSupply

-500 to -800Volts

Vacuum

Material to be deposited (Target)

Surface atom ejected

Plasma

Coating

Positive ionsaccelerated

to target

Material to be coated(Glass panel)

Gas in

Figure 6.3b: The Sputtering Process

How glass is coated? The Sputtering Process

Glass is conveyed into a vacuum chamber which houses a proprietary AIRCO cathode and a ‘target’ (bar of the material

to be deposited onto the glass). A controlled amount of gas is fed into the chamber, and a negative charge is applied to

the cathode, resulting in a glow discharge (plasma) within the magnetic field created by permanent magnets in place

behind the target.This plasma creates positive ions which are attracted to the negatively charged target, bombarding

the target with such force that atoms of the target are ejected and deposited, atom by atom, onto the glass panel

being coated. This cathode technique, developed by AIRCO scientists, is 10 – 100 times more efficient than previous

sputtering processes.

Coating Definitions

The coating description comprises two lettersand two numbers, for example TS21. The twoletters identify the type of coating and the twonumbers indicate the visible lighttransmittance on 6mm clear glass. The higherthe number, the greater the visible lighttransmittance, conversely the lower thenumber the better the glass performs inreducing heat transfer. Off-line coatingsapplied to tinted glass or incorporated into alaminated glass with a tinted interlayer furtherreduces the visible light transmittance. Inthese instances the number reference servesas a guide only to the visible lighttransmittance and may assist in comparingtypes of glass.

Page 51: 26756730 Glass Handbook

6.

0

RE

FL

EC

TI

VE

A

ND

C

OA

TE

D

GL

AS

S

6 . 0 R E F L E C T I V E A N D C O A T E D G L A S S

Solarplus Coatings

TS Series

External Appearance*: Silver Blue to Deep BlueProduct Code: TS21, TS30, TS35***, TS40 andTS50***

TE Series

External Appearance*: EarthProduct Code: TE10

SS Series

External Appearance*: Neutral SilverProduct Code: SS08, SS14*** and SS22

SC Series

External Appearance*: Pewter (Antique Silver)Product Code: SC22**, SC30*** and SC40***

SL Series (Laminated glass only)

External Appearance**: SilverProduct Code: SL10***, SL20 and SL30***

Notes:

*External appearance based on clear glass.

**External appearance based on clear glass with clear PVB.

***Non Standard coating (surcharge may apply).

As with all solar control glass products, athermal safety assessment is recommendedto determine if heat treatment is required toavoid thermal breakage.

Handling Criteria

Delivery & StorageDo

• Make sure the glass is always supported

• Protect from knocks, abrasions andexcessive pressure - especially on edges

• Keep surfaces dry, clean and interleavedwith polyfoam

Don’t

• Bend

• Store in direct sunlight or unventilated spaces

6.4

HandlingDo

• Handle glass manually, or with clean, oil-freevacuum pads

Don’t

• Use gloves or vacuum pads which are dirtyor contaminated

InstallationDo

• Take care not to damage the coating whenfitting into the frame, or with glazing tools,sealant guns etc., or by leaning materialsagainst the coated surface

• Glaze with coated surface to the INSIDE ofthe building (monolithic form only)

• Remove excess lubricants immediately andcheck regularly for any reappearance

• Clean up splashes from plaster, mortar orconcrete before they harden

• Minimise damage by hanging protectiveplastic drapes over (but not touching) glazedpanels once completed

Don’t

• Glaze sheets with damaged edges

• Use glass with vented or severely featherededges

• Glaze with coating exposed to weather

CleaningDo

• Clean panels as soon as possible afterinstallation, especially if there is a risk ofleaching, run-off or spattering from othermaterials

• Use ammonia and water or well-diluted milddetergent for routine cleaning

Don’t

• Use abrasive cleaners

GeneralDon’t

• Apply protective films to any coated surface

• Mark or label the coated surface

Low E (Low Emissivity)

All materials lose heat, but some more quicklythan others. The rate of heat loss depends onthe surface emissivity of the material. Forexample, a silver teapot will retain the fluidtemperature far longer than a glass teapotbecause the surface of silver has a muchlower ‘emissivity’. Emissivity is defined as therate of emitting (radiating) absorbed energy.

6.5

50

Plasma glow during the sputtering process

Page 52: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

6.

0

RE

FL

EC

TI

VE

A

ND

C

OA

TE

D

GL

AS

S

5 1

Shading Coefficient = 0.39

59% OutwardRadiation andConvection

7% Reflectance10% InwardRadiation

24% DirectTransmittance

34% Total SolarTransmittance

6mm EvergreenGlass Exterior

6mm Energy AdvantageGlass Interior, #3 surface

66% Total Rejected

Figure 6.5a: Low E Glass

The radiant energy is long wave infra-red,which is in effect re-radiated back towards theheat source.

A black body is the perfect emitter with a

surface emissivity of 1.0. Comparatively,

ordinary clear glass has a surface emissivity

level of 0.84, meaning 84% of the absorbed

heat is emitted from the surface. When Low E

coatings are applied to the glass, the surface

emissivity is reduced to less than 0.20.

Therefore the lower the surface emissivity, the

better the glass reduces heat gain or heat

loss. For assessment purposes, heat gain or

loss is measured in U-value (W/m2K) with the

lower the number, the better the performance

of the glass.

Solarplus Low E

In terms of visible light transmission and

thermal insulation, Solarplus Low E is the

optimum glass product. These off-line sputtered

coatings are transparent layers of silver and

metal oxide deposited onto the glass surface.

The metal oxides, which surround the silver,

protects and suppresses the visible reflectance

of the silver. This range of coatings can only be

supplied on glass that will form part of a Twin-

Glaze unit (edge deletion required).

G.James produce two off-line Low E coatings,

namely LE80 and LE54 as part of the Solarplus

Low E range.

Solarplus Low E LE80 has a neutral colour in

both reflection and transmission. This is

accompanied by very high light transmission

which, when combined with a high

performance reflective or body tinted glass

and incorporated into a Twin-Glaze unit, results

in a thermally efficient window with both a low

shading coefficient and U-value.

Solarplus Low E LE54 is a tinted coating whichis ideal for use in warm climates, as it offers abalance between light transmission and solarenergy control. By combining this coating witha body tinted glass in a Twin-Glaze unit, adesirable shading coefficient is achieved whilemaintaining good light transmittance, minimalexternal reflectance and low U-value.

G.James also stock a range of on-line coatedLow E glass which can be cut, toughened,laminated or curved in the same way asordinary annealed glass and requires no edgedeletion for fabrication. This range of coatedproducts has very high light transmission, lowreflectance and is only available on clear glass.When incorporated with a solar control glassin a laminate (Optilight) or a Twin-Glaze unit, adesirable shading coefficient and a reductionin U-value can be achieved.

NB: Please refer to Section 15 for performance figures

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 53: 26756730 Glass Handbook

INSULATEDGLASSUNITS7.0

7.

0

IN

SU

LA

TE

D

GL

AS

S

UN

IT

S

7 . 0 I N S U L A T E D G L A S S U N I T S

Insulated glass unitsINSULATEDGLASSUNITS7.0

7.

0

IN

SU

LA

TE

D

GL

AS

S

UN

IT

S

7 . 0 I N S U L A T E D G L A S S U N I T S

Insulated glass units

Introduction

By nature, a single piece of glass has little

resistance to either heat gain or loss, primarily

because it is a good conductor and a very

poor insulator. Recognising this problem, T.D.

Stetson (USA) registered the patent for

insulated glass in 1865. Stetson discovered

that by adding a second panel of glass

separated by still, dry air the insulating

properties of glass could be improved. The

improved performance of this insulated glass

is attributed to the low thermal conductivity of

the air pocket. It was not until after World War

One that commercial production of the

‘bonded units’ commenced, with

manufacturing techniques improving

throughout the 1950’s in Europe and the USA.

Methods used to seal the unit have progressed

over time from the original metal to metal, to

7.1

metal soldered, then glass fused and finally, to

the current day, double sealed system.

G.James began manufacturing IG units in 1991

and registered the name ‘Twin-Glaze’ under

which it markets this product.

Process

Cut-to-size glass is moved vertically along a

conveyor through a washing and inspection

process which ensures the glass is thoroughly

clean and free of defects. The hollow

aluminium spacer is then shaped to suit with a

strip of Polyisobutylene applied to both sides

providing the primary seal and an excellent

vapour barrier. The spacer, which is filled with

molecular sieve (desiccant) to prevent

condensation from forming after sealing, is

positioned between the two panels of glass

7.2

52

Polyisobutyleneprimary seal

Glass asselected

Hermeticallysealed space

Aluminiumspacer

Molecularsieve

Siliconesecondary seal

Figure 7.2a: Typical Twin-Glaze Unit

Russell Offices, Canberra

Page 54: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

7.

0

IN

SU

LA

TE

D

GL

AS

S

UN

IT

S

53

G.James Twin-Glaze Line

Twin-Glaze units Available Thickness Minimum Maximum

incorporating Sizes Sizes

Annealed glass Various 400mm x 400mm 2400mm x 3500mm

Heat Strengthened glass Various 400mm x 400mm 2100mm x 3500mm

Toughened glass Various 400mm x 400mm 2100mm x 3500mm

Laminated glass Various 400mm x 400mm 2400mm x 3500mm

NB: Minimum/maximum sizes will be dependent on human impact/wind loading requirements. Maximum size will be

dependent on weight (max. 225kg) and unit configuration.

Table 7.3a: Size Limitations

and then pressed together. Finally the silicone

secondary seal is applied to the perimeter void

around the unit.

Application of the secondary seal provides the

following benefits:

• Good tensile strength to the glass to

glass edge

• Low vapour and gas diffusion

• Excellent adhesion between the glass and

the metal spacer with short curing times

• Superior structural bonding for the total unit

Today’s automated systems such as the Lisec

machines operated by G.James provide

computerised washing, spacer bending,

pressing and sealing with state-of-the-art robotic

equipment. G.James is an accredited member

of the Insulated Glass Manufacturers

Association (IGMA) and complies with

BS5713:1979 and CAN/CGSB - 12.8-M90.

Manufacturing Guidelines

Spacer Widths Available: 6mm, 8mm, 9mm,

10mm, 12mm, 14mm, 15mm, 16mm, 18mm,

19mm, 20mm, 22mm and 24mm.

Properties and Applications

The principle function of a Twin-Glaze unit is to

improve the building occupant’s comfort and

reduced heating and cooling costs by

minimising the flow of heat from the inside to

the outside, or outside to inside - depending

on the season. This is achieved by the

airspace diffusing the transfer of heat creating

insulation properties almost twice that of a

single panel of glass.

The insulation value (U-value) is dependent on

the unit configuration this includes the glass

type/s, glass thickness and spacer width. Twin-

Glaze units incorporating solar control

7.4

7.3

Page 55: 26756730 Glass Handbook

7.

0

IN

SU

LA

TE

D

GL

AS

S

UN

IT

S

7 . 0 I N S U L A T E D G L A S S U N I T S

products such as Solarplus significantly

reduce solar heat gain, while certain

combinations can provide superior solar and

glare control, reduced air conditioning costs,

improved noise reduction, greater fire

resistance and increased security.

In colder climates where solar energy

transmittance is encouraged, a combination of

clear glass and Low E (inner) will ensure high

light and energy transmittance while the Low E

ensures it stays ‘trapped’ inside. In warmer,

tropical climates this same combination helps

reflect and prevent the near infra-red (heat)

from transferring through to the interior.

Twin-Glaze units can incorporate combinations

of processed clear, tinted, reflective, low

emittance (Low E) or Colourlite glass.

A thermal stress analysis is strongly

recommended where solar control glass is

involved - in particular Low E and high

performance glass.

Condensation

Air comprises a mixture of gases including

water vapour. At any given temperature, air

reaches a ‘saturation point’ where it cannot

hold any more water. Should air with excess

7.5

54

InsideOutside

Long waveradiation

exchange to interior

surfaces

Long waveradiation

exchange toskies and

surroundings

Conduction

Convection

wind

andrain

Con

vect

ion

Figure 7.4b: Heat Gain/Loss – Single Glass vs Twin-Glaze Unit

InsideOutside

Long waveradiation

exchange to interior

surfaces

Long waveradiation

exchange toskies and

surroundings

ConductionConduction

Long waveradiationexchange

Conduction& Convection

Con

vect

ionC

onvectionw

indand

rain

Less heat gain

SummerHeat

source

Less heat loss

Winter

Heatsource

Figure 7.4a: Solar Control

Low E glass helps prevent heat from entering in the summer Low E glass helps prevent heat from escaping in the winter

As single glass is a poorinsulator and easily conductsheat, there is minimalresistance to heat gain/loss.

An air space between twopanels of glass significantlyimproves insulation due to thelow thermal conductivity of air(compared to glass). Thesecond panel further assistswith thermal resistance.

Page 56: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

7.

0

IN

SU

LA

TE

D

GL

AS

S

UN

IT

S

water vapour come into contact with a colder

surface, condensation will form on this surface.

The temperature at which condensation occurs

is known as the ‘dew point’.

In colder climates, condensation can develop

on the inside of windows when the outside

temperature is significantly lower than the

inside temperature thereby reducing the

surface temperature of the glass. To overcome

this temperature variation, Twin-Glaze units

should be selected to provide a thermal barrier

between the inside and the outside, thereby

minimising the occurrence of condensation.

Characteristics

There are three main optical effects that can

occur with Twin-Glaze units:

Distortion and Reflection

All buildings are subject to constant interior

and exterior changes in temperature and

pressure. These naturally occurring changes

although quite small at times, are sufficient to

cause the glass to deflect or bow, resulting in

a distorted, reflected image. This distortion

known as ‘pillowing’ is visible mainly in the

corners of the unit when viewed from a

distance and can be either convex (where the

glass bows outwards) or concave (inward

bowing). This unavoidable effect is more

noticeable with reflective type glasses.

Newtons Rings

With changes in atmospheric pressure, the

glass in large Twin-Glaze units may deflect to

the extreme where they touch in the centre of

the unit, creating irregular, coloured circles

similar to an oil stain effect. If either panel is

pushed, the rings will move and change

7.6

shape. Once the unit has pressure equalised,

the effect of Newton Rings will disappear

however it can be avoided by limiting the size

of the unit and/or using thicker glass.

Brewsters Fringes

Only possible with very high quality float

glass, this rare and temporary occurrence is a

consequence of using two glasses of exactly

the same thickness with precise parallel

surfaces. The reflected light within one glass

blends with the reflection within the other

glass to form faint coloured streaks. Brewsters

Fringes can appear anywhere over the glass

surface and can be avoided by using different

glass thicknesses. 55

Sky Tower, Auckland

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 57: 26756730 Glass Handbook

SAFETYANDSECURITYGLASS8.0

8.

0

SA

FE

TY

A

ND

S

EC

UR

IT

Y

GL

AS

S

8 . 0 S A F E T Y A N D S E C U R I T Y G L A S S

Safety and Securityglass

56

Introduction

With safety and security becoming anincreasingly important feature in modern buildingdesign, G.James has developed the ArmaClearrange of specialty glass products to ensureoptimum protection should the need arise.

These high impact products are visually similarto ordinary glass (of the same thickness)providing an unobtrusive barrier against mostforms of attack. ArmaClear has been installedin a variety of safety and security sensitiveapplications throughout Australia andoverseas, having proved their effectivenessafter extensive testing and in-situ service.

ArmaClear – Bullet Resistant (BR) Glass

The Process

ArmaClear Bullet Resistant (BR) glass ismanufactured employing G.James’ laminatingprocess where multiple layers of glass andpolycarbonate are subjected to tremendousheat and pressure, permanently bonding the

8.2

8.1

Bullet resistant glass under attack

Range of weapons

individual components into one complete

panel. Bullet resistant glass construction can

be customised to include tinted glass, tinted

or obscure interlayers, reflective coatings and

one-way mirror, with certain curved

configurations also possible.

Holes, cut-outs and shapes are available but

may involve some limitations.

G.James has the manufacturing capabilities and

technological experience to satisfy a wide range

of specifications, from small hand guns to high-

powered rifles and shotguns. The G.James

Technical Advisory Service is available to assist

with reliable and confidential advice.

Properties and Applications

ArmaClear BR products are multi-ply laminates

ranging in thickness from 32mm to 45mm and

may consist of an all glass construction or

incorporate a combination of glass and

polycarbonate. The multiple layers of glass

used on the attack side deform and slow the

bullet, while the polycarbonate absorbs the

force of impact. The actual product thickness

and configuration is totally dependent upon

Page 58: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

8.

0

SA

FE

TY

A

ND

S

EC

UR

IT

Y

GL

AS

S

5 7

Level Weapon and calibre Ammunition Range Number Thickness Weight

of strikes (mm) (kg/m2)

G0 Handgun 9mm military Mk 2Z standard 9mm 3m 3 35 82

7.4 metal case bullet

G1 Handgun 357 magnum 10.2g soft point 3m 3 32 70

semi-jacketed, flat nose

G2 Handgun 44 magnum 15.6 soft point 3m 3 34 73

semi-jacketed, flat nose

S0 Shotgun 12 gauge 12 gauge 70mm, high 3m 2 34 73

velocity magnum 32g SG shot

S1 Shotgun 12 gauge 12 gauge 70mm 3m 2 38 86

28.35g single slug

R1 Rifle 5.56mm M 193 5.56mm 10m 3 38 86

3.6 full metal case

R2 Rifle 7.62mm NATO standard 7.62mm 10m 3 45 98

9.3g full metal case

Table 8.2a: ArmaClear Bullet Resistant Products

ArmaClear bullet resistant glass, framing and accessories

prisons, armoured vehicles, embassies, payrolloffices, police stations, airports, publicbuildings, government offices and specialdefence vehicles.

Framing and Accessories

It should be emphasised that the surroundingframe and support structure are equallyimportant as the glass, and must be of astrong construction and capable of providingthe same level of protection to that of thebullet resistant glass.

For this reason, G.James has developed

framing systems to complement all ArmaClear

BR products, including the supply of

document trays and voice transfer louvres.

Installation can also be provided if required.

the nominated calibre of weapon correlating toa specific level of protection (See Table 8.2a).

The components used in the manufacture of

ArmaClear BR ensure normal vision is

maintained. The final product is resistant to

abrasion while also providing superior sound

insulation. The strength and appearance of

this product is unaffected by exposure to

sunlight however a thermal safety assessment

is recommended where tinted or reflective

components are incorporated. Care must be

taken to avoid edge damage.

In the event of an attack, ArmaClear willmaintain a protective barrier and degree ofvisibility, except around the area of bulletimpact. It is ideal for installation in banks,

Page 59: 26756730 Glass Handbook

8.

0

SA

FE

TY

A

ND

S

EC

UR

IT

Y

GL

AS

S

8 . 0 S A F E T Y A N D S E C U R I T Y G L A S S

Performance

Standards Australia issued AS 2343 to ensure

high standards of performance and detail strict

guidelines for bullet resistant glazing.

The Standard defines three broad attack

categories:

• ‘G’ - Resistant to hand gun attack

• ‘S’ - Resistant to shotgun attack

• ‘R’ - Resistant to rifle attack

ArmaClear BR products have been tested and

certified by an independent, accredited NATA

laboratory to ensure compliance with the

various parameters outlined in Table 8.2a. Test

certificates can be supplied upon request.

NB: NATA - National Association of Testing Authorities.

ArmaClear – Physical Attack (PA) Glass

G.James’ ArmaClear Physical Attack (PA) glass

has a remarkable resistance to human attack

and penetration.

The Process

ArmaClear PA is manufactured using modern

laminating processes where the multiple

layers of glass and polycarbonate are

subjected to tremendous heat and pressure,

permanently bonding the multiple layers of

material into one complete pane. Physical

Attack glass construction can be customised

to include tinted glass, tinted or obscure

interlayers, reflective coatings and one-way

8.3

mirror with certain curved configurations

also possible.

ArmaClear PA glass is made-to-order with

holes, cut-outs and shapes available if

required, however due to the product

configuration processing limitations do apply.

G.James has the manufacturing capabilities

and expertise to meet the various criteria for

intruder resistance and levels of attack. The

G.James Technical Advisory Service is

available to assist with reliable and

confidential advice.

Properties and Applications

ArmaClear PA products comprise an all glass

construction or incorporate a combination of

glass and polycarbonate with the multi-ply

construction resisting penetration even after

the glasses within the composite are

broken. The multiple glass layers used on

the attack side absorb the force inflicted by

various hand held implements, making the

progress of penetration slow with the

attacker quickly tiring and eventually ceasing

the attack.

The components used in the manufacture of

ArmaClear PA are resistant to abrasion and

also provide excellent sound insulation. The

strength and appearance of this product is

unaffected by exposure to sunlight however a

thermal safety assessment is recommended

where tinted or reflective components are

incorporated. Care must be taken to avoid

edge damage.

In the event of an attack, ArmaClear PA will

maintain a protective barrier and degree of

visibility, except around the area of impact.

It is ideal for use in prisons, detention centres,

mental health facilities, police stations,

shopfronts (jewellery stores etc.), computer

installations and other associated

establishments.

58ArmaClear physical attack glass – Mental health facility

Product Thickness Minimum Maximum

Size (mm) Size (mm)

PA4H3P4H 12.26mm 100 x 400 1100 x 2200

PA6H4P6H 17.76mm 100 x 400 1100 x 2200

PA6H6P6H 19.26mm 100 x 400 1100 x 2200

PA6H9P6H 22.76mm 100 x 400 1100 x 2200

Table 8.3a: ArmaClear PA Products

Page 60: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

8.

0

SA

FE

TY

A

ND

S

EC

UR

IT

Y

GL

AS

S

59

G.James is the chosen supplier to QR tilt trains

Product Thickness Minimum Maximum

Size (mm) Size (mm)

PS6H26H 14.28mm 100 x 400 2100 x 3660

PS10H310T 23.04mm 100 x 400 2100 x 3660

PS5H25H 12.28mm 100 x 400 2100 x 3660

Table 8.4a: ArmaClear PS Products

Train and Special PurposeWindows

The development of G.James’ security

products has been extended to include a

range of dedicated window products for the

transport and railway industries. With

extensive in-house design and manufacturing

capabilities, G.James can supply fully

fabricated, special purpose windows

incorporating high impact laminated glass and

aluminium perimeter frames.

Of particular mention is the range of railway

window systems which includes forward

facing windscreens, driver’s cab side

windows, saloon side windows. These

systems have undergone extensive testing

and comply with British Standard BRB 566

and the Federal Railroad Administration

(FRA) Standards.

8.5

Framing

It should be noted that the surrounding frameand support structure are of equal importanceand must be of a strong construction andcapable of providing a level of protectionsimilar to that of the PA glass.

To complement the range of ArmaClear PAglass, G.James offer associated framingsystems which can be supplied knock-downcondition (KDC) or fully installed.

Performance

Standards Australia issued AS 3555 tomaintain high levels of performance andoutline the guidelines for physical attackglazing.

Extensive testing of ArmaClear PA productssubjected to attacks from sledgehammers,jemmy bars, bricks and axes have far exceededindustry standards and expectations. Forsecurity reasons, test performance figures arenot published but are available on requestagainst a specific project enquiry.

ArmaClear – PrisonShield (PS) Glass

G.James ArmaClear Prison Shield (PS) is arange of thin, lightweight anti-intruderlaminated glass products which has beenspecifically introduced for low securityapplications where intrusion is of concern.

ArmaClear PS is constructed using acombination of toughened safety glass, heat -strengthened glass and polyvinyl butyralinterlayer between the two glasses. Thisconfiguration provides initial strength inaddition to continued strength even after oneor both of the glass skins have been broken,making it well suited for watch houses, lock-ups, detention centres and police stations.Customised to suit individual requirements,ArmaClear Prison Shield can be manufacturedto incorporate tinted glass, tinted or obscureinterlayer, reflective coating or one-way mirror.

8.4

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 61: 26756730 Glass Handbook

SPECIALPURPOSEGLASS9.0

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

9 . 0 S P E C I A L P U R P O S E G L A S S

Special purpose glass

Mirrors (Silver Glass)

In 1317 Venetian glass makers discovered theart of ‘silvering’ by applying a combination ofmercury and tin to the glass surface. Sixcenturies later in 1840 the process of silvering,as we know it today, was patented.

Process

The production of mirror commences withfloat glass being thoroughly washed with de-ionised water and cerium oxide. A thin layer oftin is then sprayed onto the surface of theglass to promote the adhesion of the silver.The almost pure silver (99.9%) coating is nextapplied, followed by a coating of copper whichprotects the silver from tarnishing. Finally twolayers of special backing paint; the first(basecoat) protects against chemical attackand corrosion and the second (topcoat) resistsmechanical abrasion. (See Figure 9.1a)

Handling and Processing

Although the back of the mirror is protected,contaminates can still cause damage. Thereforeit is recommended that only water soluble oilsbe used when cutting and processing silveredglass. For cutting purposes, only the mirror(non-coated) surface should be scored.

Automatic processing equipment such asperipheral edge working machines or drillingmachines must be cooled by water with a PHlevel of between 6 - 8. After wet processing,mirrors should be washed, dried and stored in

9.1

a manner that prevents water accumulating onthe surface or along the bottom edge.

Applications

Aside from the obvious bathroom and

bedroom applications, mirrors can also create

the illusion of space and be an additional

source of light:

60

Glass

Topcoat

Basecoat

Copper

Silver

Figure 9.1a: Silvering Process

Clear Bronze Grey Venetian Strip

3mm •

4mm and 4mm Vinyl Backed • • •

6mm • • • •

6mm Vinyl Backed • • •

NB: Other colours available on request.

Table 9.1a: Available Mirror Types

Page 62: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

• For increasing room width - use floor toceiling mirrors at right angles (90˚) andwhere possible adjacent to windows

• To increase room height - fix mirrors to theceiling

• To increase room length - fix mirrors to theend wall of a room

• To add light to a room - install mirrorsadjacent or opposite to windows ordoorways

NB: In all the above situations, consideration should be

given to the type of mirror, fixings and number of fixings.

Mirror Doors

Wardrobe mirror doors are a means ofproviding a full height dress mirror andperception of increased space.

For this application, mirror with an adhesivevinyl backing is used so that in the event ofbreakage, the fragments of glass will remainattached to the vinyl backing, minimising therisk of injury.

G.James can supply, or supply and install fullyfabricated aluminium mirror wardrobe doors ina range of fashionable colours to suit specificdecorative needs.

Laminate Mirror

Comprising of standard mirror or venetianstrip, and clear or tinted interlayer, the superiorsafety qualities of laminated mirror makes thisproduct ideal for use in schools, childcarecentres, lifts and gymnasiums. The interlayerensures that should human impact occur, theglass fragments will remain intact reducing therisk of serious injury.

Mist Free Mirrors

The formation of condensation on bathroommirrors can be avoided by installing an energy

efficient heating element that warms themirror preventing the unwanted build-up ofmist on the surface. This element is availablein a range of sizes, conveniently connects toany standard power point and reachesoperating temperature within minutes.

One-Way Mirror

Extensively used for security and discreteobservation purposes, one-way mirror offers areflective surface one side, and clear, see-through vision on the other. Such an effect isonly possible with a specific balance oflighting between the observation and subjectsides. The ratio of light from the observationside should be as specified in Figure 9.2a,with no light shining directly onto the glass.

Solarplus SS08 Grey Laminate

G.James can supply Solarplus SS08 greylaminate where one-way vision is required.The product combines stainless steel andtitanium nitride coated glass, grey interlayerand clear glass, and can be supplied as asingle laminate or incorporated into a Twin-Glaze unit or ArmaClear product.

9.2

61

Mirror doors in bedroom application

Bathroom mirror

Page 63: 26756730 Glass Handbook

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

9 . 0 S P E C I A L P U R P O S E G L A S S

Venetian Strip Mirror

Venetian strip mirror is produced by applyingalternate strips of 99.9% pure silver to clearglass. It is an excellent low cost alternative toSolarplus SS08 Grey Laminate makingvenetian strip suitable for medium securityapplications such as supermarkets,administration offices, chemist shops anddoctor’s surgeries.

Although vision through the clear strips is stillpossible from either side, the mirroredreflection ensures any vision is limited andextremely difficult.

For the best results, venetian strip mirror shouldbe installed with the strips running vertically.

Convex Mirrors

Convex mirrors are useful in both indoor andoutdoor situations to control vandalism andtheft, or where blind corridors, corners orintersections are an issue.

The types of convex mirrors available are:

• Indoor (Only)

• Outdoor (Only)

• Combined Indoor/Outdoor

The size of the mirror depends mainly uponthe distances involved and the degree ofclarity required in the reflected image. Toselect the appropriate mirror, estimate thedistance from the viewer to the mirror and

9.3

from the mirror to the area or point to beobserved. Add the two, and use Table 9.3a(Indoor Only) or Table 9.3b (Outdoor Only &Combined Indoor/Outdoor) as an approximateguide. If in doubt choose a larger size.

Ceiling Domes

Where general surveillance of a broader areais needed, or central observation is preferredceiling domes are recommended. Full domesmay be suspended on chains or fasteneddirectly to the ceiling and provide a 360˚ view,with half domes supplying a 180˚ view andcorner domes a 90˚ view.

Lead Glass

Float glass offers no barrier to the harmfuleffects of X-rays and gamma rays. In addition,continual exposure to such rays will eventuallydestroy the atomic structure of the glasscausing dark discolouration.

By including heavy metal oxides into the rawmix, it was discovered that glass couldprevent the penetration of damaging radiation.Today most ‘shielding’ glass contain over 60%heavy metal oxide, of which a minimum 55%is lead oxide. With such a high metal content,5mm lead glass provides the same protectionas 1mm lead sheet (See Table 9.4a).

9.4

62

ObservationSide

SubjectSide

Lightingminimised

to 30%

Lightingmaximised

to 70%

Figure 9.2a: Lighting Conditionsrequired for One-Way Mirror

When lighting is installed to maximise one-way

observation, the lighting source must not shine

directly on the glass as this will only increase the

brightness on the observation side and reduce the

effect intended.

Mirror Diameter Best Distance

300mm To 6m

450mm To 8m

600mm To 12m

760mm Over 12m

Distances are an indication only - most mirrors provide

satisfactory service well beyond this range.

Table 9.3a: Convex Mirrors – Indoor (Only)

Mirror Diameter Best Distance

300mm To 12m

450mm To 15m

600mm To 20m

800mm To 25m

1000mm Over 25m

Distances are an indication only - most mirrors provide

satisfactory service well beyond this range.

Table 9.3b: Convex Mirrors – Outdoor(Only) & Combined Indoor/Outdoor

Page 64: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

Produced as a cast glass, both the surfaces areground and polished to achieve the necessaryoptical quality, i.e. supplying light transmittancesimilar to clear float. The maximum sizeavailable is 1100mm x 2400mm which allowsan excellent field of vision for X-ray, C.T.scanning and angiography observation rooms.

Lead glass can be processed as with normalglass and can be curved and/or toughenedwhere required.

Diffused Reflection Glass(Picture Glass)

With a light reflectance of 8%, clear float oftenobscures framed images or portraits withsurrounding reflections. For this purpose,2mm diffused picture glass is specificallyproduced with fine textured surfaces toeliminate disturbing reflections, ensuring truerepresentation and improved clarity of thepicture or photograph. Standard sheet size is920mm x 1220mm.

Non-Reflecting Glass

Shopfront windows are designed to display astore’s products and/or image with thepurpose of encouraging customers into the

9.6

9.5

63

Glass Minimum Lead X-ray peak

Thickness Equivalent voltage (KV)

5mm ± 0.3 1.0mm 150

7mm ± 0.3 1.5mm 150

8mm ± 0.3 1.8mm 150

9mm ± 0.3 2.0mm 150

11mm ± 0.3 2.5mm 150

14mm ± 0.3 3.0mm 200

Table 9.4a: Lead Glass Comparison Table

Observation window for angiography room. LX lead glass ismanufactured by Nippon Electric Glass Co. Ltd. Japan

Amiran application in shopfront. Note the difference to the right of thepicture which has been glazed with ordinary glass.

store. However annoying reflections fromordinary glass can obscure the shopfront andthe products on offer, particularly whenviewed at a distance.

To combat this problem, multi-coated glassproducts such as Amiran and Luxar weredeveloped. These products have a lowreflectance of 1 - 2 % (compared to a singlepiece of clear glass with 8% and a clear Twin-Glaze unit with 15%) and is an ideal productfor applications where near perfectly clearvision is desired.

Non-reflective glass is available in thicknessesranging from 2mm - 12mm (single glazed), orcan be incorporated into laminated glass orTwin-Glaze units. The coating can be appliedto tinted glass for increased solar controlperformance resulting in an effective, all-roundshopfront glazing material.

Heat Resistant Glass

With poor tensile strength and a relatively highrate of expansion, float glass will crack veryeasily when subjected to temperatures ofbetween 50 - 60˚C. This occurs because theglass surface heats up disproportionately,causing tensile stresses to build up around theedges, eventually causing breakage.

Toughened Glass

Toughened glass has compressive stresses

‘built-in’ to the surface and can therefore

tolerate a thermal gradient of 290˚C on one

side and ambient air temperature on the other.

9.7

Page 65: 26756730 Glass Handbook

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

9 . 0 S P E C I A L P U R P O S E G L A S S

However once the temperature exceeds this

parameter, or the non-heated surface is

rapidly reduced in temperature, toughened

glass will disintegrate in the normal manner

(See Section 4.3).

Standard toughened glass is generally used inoven doors, cook tops etc.

Glass Ceramics

Glass ceramics such as FireLite, Borosilicate,Borofloat and Robax are manufactured from aunique mix of raw materials, unlike that ofordinary soda/lime/silicate glass. This specialcomposition results in glass products withdramatically reduced coefficients of linearexpansion and therefore, a greater ability totolerate thermal stresses (heat). Traditionalapplications for ceramic glass include spaceheaters, fire guards, furnaces and wood stoves,or where temperatures can reach 700 - 800˚C.

FireLite is a transparent, crystallised glassdeveloped by Nippon Electric Glass Co. Ltd.(Japan). With an extremely unusual ‘thermalexpansion coefficient’ of almost zero, FireLitewill not crack even when heated to 800˚C andthen doused with ice cold water. Available insheet sizes up to 2438mm x 1220mm.

Borosilicate is manufactured with the inclusionof Boron using the sheet drawn process.Borosilicate has a lower rate of expansion andhigher softening point when compared toordinary float glass. It can also be toughenedfor improved heat resistance.

Borofloat has a very low coefficient of thermalexpansion and therefore is capable ofwithstanding temperatures up to 500˚C. As thename implies, Borofloat is produced on a float

64

line and consequently offers superior opticalqualities and light transmittance. In addition thechemical resistance of Borofloat, even attemperatures above 100˚C, is better than mostmetals. This glass can be cut and worked aswould float glass and be supplied toughened(not a Grade A safety glass) if required. Availablein thicknesses from 3.3mm to 15mm with astandard sheet size of 850mm x 1150mm (largersheet sizes are available on request).

Robax is a glass ceramic with a brownishcolour capable of tolerating temperatures andthermal shock up to 700˚C. Robax can be cutand processed in the same way as ordinaryannealed float. The standard sheet size is840mm x 1580mm.

Fire Rated Glass

The heat radiating from a fire through glasscan often inhibit escape and ignite materialson the unexposed side. Fire rated glass in itsmany forms provide a non-combustible,protective barrier in the event of fire. Theyform an important and integral component ofa complete fire rated window or door system.Fire rated systems are graded and measuredbased on three distinct criteria:

Structural Adequacy relates to the system’sability to maintain structural stability andadequate load bearing capability as specifiedin AS 1530.4;

Integrity measures the system’s ability toprevent the spread of flames and combustiblegases as specified by AS 1530.4;

Insulation refers to the system’s ability torestrict the rise in temperature of the glasssurface not exposed to the fire, below thelimits nominated in AS 1530.4.

All fire rated glazing systems must be testedand certified to meet the stringent criteriarequired for building and glazing as defined bythe Building Code of Australia (BCA). In order tosatisfy the BCA requirements, a fully fabricated,framed window assembly must achieve certainFire Resistant Levels (FRL’s). These FRL’scorrespond to the period of time (in minutes)the assembly can perform in relation to thespecified test criteria defined in AS 1530.4. For example (and with reference to the abovedefinitions), a nominated FRL of -/60/60requires: no structural adequacy/60 minutesintegrity/60 minutes insulation.

9.8

The thermal expansion coefficient of FireLite is almost ‘zero’ so it willnot crack when heated to 800˚C and then hit with cold water. FireLiteis manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass Co. Ltd. Japan

Page 66: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

65

System Description BCA - FRL

Reinforced Georgian Wired Wired Glass 60/60/NA

Glass Blocks 190 x 190 x 100mm 60/60/NA

NEG Glass Blocks 190 x 190 x 95mm 90/90/NA

Non-Reinforced FireLite Glass Ceramic 180/180/NA

Pyroswiss Calcium Silicate 90/90/NA

Borofloat/Borosilicate Glass Ceramic 120/120/NA

Swissflam Laminated up to 120/120/NA

Securiflam Laminated 60/60/NA

Promaclear Coated Glass 60/60/NA

Insulating

Intumescent Pyrostop Laminated up to 120/120/120

Swissflam Laminated 60/60/30

Pyrobel Laminated up to 120/120/120

Promaglas Laminated up to 90/90/90

Gel Contraflam IG Unit up to 120/120/120

NB: It must be stressed that all the above FRL classifications are based on tested framing and glazing systems.

Table 9.8a: Fire Rated Products

Pyrostop shields against temperatures of over 1000˚C

Pyrostop glass samples before and after exposure to heat

There are three types of fire rated systems.

Reinforced systems contain either wired glass orglass block products where the glass willremain intact if broken thereby preventing thespread of flames.

Non-Reinforced systems incorporate the range ofceramic glass products and are installed asfire rated walls and openings. Their lowexpansion and high softening points allowsuch products as FireLite to achieve longintegrity ratings of up to 180 minutes. FireLiteis capable of withstanding a rapid rise intemperature, while maintaining visibility - animportant attribute in fires.

A fire resistance test conducted in accordancewith AS 1530.4 – 1990 (Test Report No.FR1376 –National Building Technology Centre (NSW)) on apanel of 5mm FireLite (2440mm x 880mm) wasawarded a 180 minute fire rating classification.

Toughened laminated safety glass can onlyachieve a maximum 30 minute integrity rating.However multi-laminates containing a waterbased, alkali silicate interlayer achieves 60minutes integrity.

Insulated systems are classified as thosesystems that satisfy both of the following:

• an integrity criteria for ‘up to 120 minutes’ and,

• an insulation requirement for ‘30 to 90minutes’

Page 67: 26756730 Glass Handbook

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

9 . 0 S P E C I A L P U R P O S E G L A S S

There are two types of glazed systems that are

classified as a fire rated insulated system.

The first is a multi-layered intumescent

(expanding) laminate which can also be

incorporated into an insulated glass unit for

improved performance. The product is

designed so the water within the special

purpose interlayer evaporates and absorbs the

energy from the fire. Simultaneously the

interlayer expands, converting into a ‘foam

glass’ and producing a tough, opaque shield

against radiant and conducted heat. This

system is so effective that while the exposed

glass may be melting, the unexposed internal

surface can be touched quite safely. Being a

laminated product, any glass broken by the

heat will remain intact within the frame

maintaining a protective barrier.

The second system is based on a toughened,

insulated glass unit where the airspace is filled

with layers of a special soft gel containing

high concentrations of water. The thicker the

gel, the higher the fire insulating qualities. On

exposure to fire, the gel forms a crust which

holds the glass together, while the evaporating

water within the gel absorbs the heat energy.

This process continues until the gel has burnt

and expired - this will occur after the

nominated fire rating time of the system.

It should be noted that both these insulated

systems are prone to ultra-violet degradation

and when used as external glazing it is

recommended they should be combined with

standard PVB interlayers.

Welding Glass

For the purpose of absorbing and reflecting

harmful radiation emitted during welding and

similar operations, G.James can supply

Shade-12 welding glass. This product

incorporates a special filter that reduces

ultra-violet transmittance to around 0.0012%

and infra-red transmittance to 0.007%

ensuring excellent protection against

welding flash.

It should be noted that when using Shade-12,

the reflective surface must face the light source.

9.9

66

Glass Blocks9.10

Nubio-wolke * Cross ribbed (Also available inBroad cross ribbed)

Broad parallel ribbed(Also available in Parallel ribbed)

Clear view

Nobless * Welle

Meteor * Inka *

Helios *

* Patterns are also available in Goldtone.

Regent

Maya Metallik

Page 68: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

6 7

Names of designs Available in sizes

Nubio-wolke 1919 2424 2411 3030 1111 1919/10

Cross ribbed 1919 2424 1919/10

Broad cross ribbed 1919 2424 3030 1919/10

Parallel ribbed 1919 2424 2411 1919/10

Broad parallel ribbed 1919 2424 1919/10

Clear view 1919 2424 2411 3030 1919/10

Nobless 1919 2424

Welle 1919

Meteor 1919 2424

Inka 1919 2424

Helios 1919 2424

Regent 1919 2424

Maya 2424

Metallik 1919 2424

Aktis 1919

Light diffusing 1919 2424

Security block 1919/10

LEGEND

No Dimension Weight per unit No. of blocks per m2

1919 190x190x80mm 2.4kg 25

2424 240x240x80mm 4.0kg 16

2411 240x115x80mm 2.0kg 32

3030 300x300x100mm 7.3kg 9

1111 115x115x80mm 1.0kg 64

1919/10 190x190x100mm 2.8kg 25

Table 9.10a: Glass Blocks Patterns and Sizes

Glass blocks used in bathroom application

For those wanting a unique decorative

feature, glass blocks are an excellent

alternative to ordinary glass. Glass blocks

comprise of two separate sections which are

sealed together at high temperatures to

literally fuse the sections together.

The many benefits of glass blocks include:

• High light transmittance

• Excellent thermal performance

• Noise control

• Security

• Large range of patterns, colours and sizes

• Fire rating possible*

* Fire rated blocks must be 95mm or 100mm thick and

installed in mortar into a tested steel perimeter frame.

Perfect for use in windows, entries and

foyers, partition walls and other areas where

light is required. G.James can supply, or

supply and install glass blocks in curved,

stepped or straight panels using either

silicone or mortar systems.

Page 69: 26756730 Glass Handbook

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

9 . 0 S P E C I A L P U R P O S E G L A S S

68

Water Level

Load

Water Level

Load

Figure 9.11a: Triangular Loads of Water on Glass

Water has an approximate density of one tonne per cubic metre. This mass exerts significant pressures which increase

linearly with the water depth.

150opi

100opi

Mesh properties

120

90

100

Radio Frequency (MHz)opi=openings per inch in interlayer mesh

Rad

io F

req

uenc

yS

igna

l Att

enua

tion

(dB

)

60

01000 10000

30

10

Graph 9.12a: Performance of Electronic Security Glazing (Shielding Effectiveness)

Aquatic Glazing

Water pressure in aquatic applications (suchas view windows into swimming pools oraquariums) has a sustained pressure which isdirectly proportional to the depth of the water.At water level and above, this pressure is zero,but due to the exertion of triangular loads onthe glass, even at a depth of 600mm (aswould be the case in an average householdfish tank) this would equate to 6 kPa ofpressure. (See Figure 9.11a)

Glass Selection

AS 1288 requires reduced stress levels forsustained loads. Thick monolithic annealed orlaminate (annealed or heat treated) is generallyrecommended for aquatic applications. Theconsequence of breakage must always beconsidered in any design.

9.11G.James’ Technical Department can providethe necessary recommendations for yourspecific requirements.

Electronic Security

Electronic eavesdropping to obtain proprietaryinformation, unwarranted interrogation ofcomputers and interference or accidental lossof information by electronic noise (e.g. radar),can pose serious and costly problems intoday’s IT reliant age.

Protecting premises where such installationsare housed can be achieved by employingFaradays cage principle thereby ensuring allthe external surfaces (i.e. the floor, the ceiling,and all walls) are electrically conductive andthen earthed. Consequently any radiofrequencies omitted from equipment meets

9.12

Page 70: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

69

L60

L45

90

80

70

100

Frequency (MHz)

Att

enua

tion

(dB

)

60

50

0 300 1000 3000 10000

40

30

Graph 9.12c: Laminated Data Shielding Glass

VHFRadio

TVTransmission

Radar andSatellite Bands

T60

T50

T45

Cell Phones

90

80

70

100

Frequency (MHz)

Att

enua

tion

(dB

)

60

50

0 300 1000 3000 10000

40

30

Graph 9.12b: Data Shielding Twin-Glaze Unit

the walls and simply travels to the ground.Similarly, any random external electronicinterference is also diverted to ground.

As glazing systems are an integral part ofmost external walls they also need to beelectrically conductive (See Figures 9.12a &9.12b). G.James can supply a range ofspecialised laminate or Twin-Glaze productsthat effectively shield radio frequencies withinthe range of 100 - 10,000 MHz. (See Graphs9.12b & 9.12c). For applications whereprotection is required in the lower bracket of10 - 100 MHz, a metallised fabric mesh isincorporated within a laminated glass product(See Graph 9.12a). Data shielding systems arerecommended for use in television and radiostations, security and computer installationsand protecting operating personnel fromharmful electromagnetic fields. Data sensitive installation

Recommended for external

glazing applications.

The various product codes

(T45, T50 & T60) indicate the

approximate attenuation of that

product at 1000 MHz. For

example, T50 indicates a data

shielding Twin-Glaze unit with an

approximate attenuation of 50 dB

at 1000 MHz.

Recommended for internal walls

and partitions.

The various product codes

(L45 & L60) indicate the

approximate attenuation of that

product at 1000 MHz. For

example, L45 indicates a

laminated data shielding glass

with an approximate attenuation

of 45 dB at 1000 MHz.

Page 71: 26756730 Glass Handbook

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

9 . 0 S P E C I A L P U R P O S E G L A S S

laminated Starphire (low iron glass) providing

safety, strength and excellent clarity.

In these types of applications, the glazing

system should be supported on all sides with

a substantial frame to ensure minimal

deflection. It is recommended the glass panels

be bedded and cushioned with a specified

resilient material ensuring there is no direct

glass to metal (or other hard object) contact.

All materials considered, the rebate depth

should be designed so the glass finishes flush

with the floor.

Consideration should also be given to installing

a sacrificial piece of low cost glass to the top

surface. This would protect the more

expensive glass underneath and can be easily

and economically replaced when required.

Glass stair treads, incorporating thick annealed

or laminated glass, can also produce a

stunning visual effect as well as70

Main viewing ports, Auckland’s Sky Tower

Main viewing ports, Auckland’s Sky Tower

Outside Inside

Silicone

Setting Block Conducting Gasket

Twin-GlazeUnit

Aluminium Frame Connection toWall Screening

Figure 9.12a: Typical Drained Glazing System

Outside Inside

Silicone

Setting Block Conducting Gasket

LaminatedGlass

Metal Frame WallScreen

20m

m m

in

Figure 9.12b: Typical Internal Screening

(also suitable for secondary sash applications)

Glass Floors and StairTreads

Glass is normally not considered a traditional

flooring material, however with the obvious

visual effects it can create, glass in such

applications is gaining in popularity.

An interesting application of glass used in

flooring is shown in the viewing panels set

into the floor of the main observation deck of

Auckland’s landmark Sky Tower (NZ). The four

main viewing ports were glazed with

9.13

Page 72: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

9.

0

SP

EC

IA

L

PU

RP

OS

E

GL

AS

S

complementing any surrounding glass

features. In this instance, a sandblasted top

glass should be considered to avoid

highlighting scratches and scuff marks while

also acting as a diffuser where under-floor

lighting is used.

When used in floors, stair treads or similar

applications where lighting is involved, the

glass should be adequately ventilated to

reduce the possibility of heat build-up and

subsequent thermal stress.

71

Star Casino – Sydney

Star Casino – Sydney

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 73: 26756730 Glass Handbook

DECORATIVEGLASS10.0

10

.0

D

EC

OR

AT

IV

E

GL

AS

S

1 0 . 0 D E C O R A T I V E G L A S S

Decorative glass

Introduction

Rolled plate glass was first produced by

James Hartley (U.K.) in 1847, and later by the

Chance Brothers (U.K.) who manufactured

‘cathedral’ and figured rolled between twin

rollers in 1870. Wired glass was patented in

1855 however it failed to perform in service. In

1898 Pilkington’s began producing wired glass

on a commercial basis however the quality

was still poor up until the 1930’s when

welded, square mesh wire was introduced.

G.James’ range of decorative glasses

encompass figured rolled patterned and

decorative ceramic painted glass.

Figured Rolled Patterned Glass

Process

Patterned glass is manufactured by squeezingsemi-molten glass between two rollers, one ofwhich has a surface pattern and creates acontinuous, permanent impression onto theglass ribbon. The pattern is printed onto one

10.2

10.1surface only while the other side remains

smooth. The glass then travels through the

annealing lehr where it is cooled before being

cut to the required size.

For the production of wired glass, square steel

wire mesh is sandwiched between two

separate ribbons of glass which is then

pressed through a further pair of patterned

rollers to imprint the selected design.

Types

With 16 different designs, three of which are

wired (See Figure 10.2a), G.James offers

patterned glass in a variety of colours, textures

and degrees of opacity with the majority

capable of being toughened while a small

number can be laminated (See Table 10.2a).

Georgian Polished Wired is a clear, totally

transparent wired glass. Produced as a cast

glass, and subsequently ground and polished

on both sides using the old plate glass method,

this product is optically true and the preferred

glass for use in fire doors where small vision

panels are installed. Note that polished wired

glass is a Grade B safety glazing material.72

Patterned glass manufacture

Page 74: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

10

.0

D

EC

OR

AT

IV

E

GL

AS

S

73

Tandarra Seadrift Broadline Narrow Reeded

Strata Sparkle Kosciusko Roughcast

Satinlite Spotswood Glue Chip New Cathedral

Flemish

NB: Polished Wired not illustrated

Scintilla Obscura Squarelite

Table 10.2a: Figured Rolled Patterned Glass

Page 75: 26756730 Glass Handbook

10

.0

D

EC

OR

AT

IV

E

GL

AS

S

1 0 . 0 D E C O R A T I V E G L A S S

74

Applications

Patterned glass has many applications including

use in partitioning, showerscreens, doors and

sidelights, furniture, shelving, leadlighting,

balustrading and other areas where a

decorative effect or visual obscurity is desired.

Although figured rolled glass is obvious by its

presence, in certain specific situations

consultation with the relevant section of AS

1288 should be consulted to determine

whether a laminated, toughened or safety

wired product is required.

While the use of wired glass is common in fire

rated products, it should be noted that wired

glass alone does not have a fire rating. To

achieve any fire rating it must be part of a

complete glass window/door assembly (See

Section 9.8).

Characteristics

Wired glass absorbs solar radiation and may be

subject to thermal stress. It is preferable not to

Type Colour/Thickness Safety Form

Text Print W3 W4 W5 W6 B5 B6 G5 G6 Lam Tou Wir Non-dir Dir

Tandarra • • • • •

Seadrift • • • • • •

Broadline • • •

Narrow Reeded • • •

Strata • • • • • •

Glacier/Sparkle • • •

Kosciusko • • •

Roughcast • • • • •

Satinlite • • • • • • • •

Spotswood • • • • • • • • • • •

Glue Chip • • • • • • •

New Cathedral • • • • • • • • •

Flemish • • • •

Scintilla • • • • •

Obscura • • • •

Squarelite • • • •

Polished Wire • • •

Legend: Text – Textured; Print – Printed; W3 – White 3mm; W4 – White 4mm; W5 – White 5mm; W6 – White 6mm;

B5 – Bronze 5mm; B6 – Bronze 6mm; G5 – Grey 5mm; G6 – Grey 6mm; Lam – Laminated; Tou – Toughened; Wir – Wired;

Non-dir – Non-directional; Dir – Directional.

Table 10.2a: Figure Rolled Patterned Glass Selection Chart

expose wired glass to severe direct sunlight.

Similarly, blasts of very hot water placed

directly onto wired glass may result in thermal

cracking and should be avoided. Tinted

patterned glass may be susceptible to thermal

breakage when glazed externally. Further

information can be obtained from the G.James

Technical Advisory Service on 1800 452 637.

Patternlite (Ceramic PaintedPatterned Glass)

The application of fused, coloured ceramic

paint to glass provides architects and

designers with a new dimension in the use of

patterned glass by offering a cost effective

and unobtrusive means of minimising

exposure and/or controlling the amount of

light transmission.

The coloured ceramic paint used in the

process of manufacture consists of glassflux

(70 - 95%) and ceramic pigment (5 - 30%).

10.3

Page 76: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

10

.0

D

EC

OR

AT

IV

E

GL

AS

S

Process

This type of patterned, decorative glass iscreated by silk-screening the selected colourand pattern onto one surface of the glass. Oncethe pattern has been applied, the glass is theneither toughened or heat strengthened, withthe heat generated within the furnace sufficientto melt the ceramic paint permanently fusingthe pattern onto the glass substrate.

Patternlite can be applied to surface 2, 3 or 4depending on the glass configuration anddesired effect.

In essence Patternlite is used for lightdiffusing purposes, with the reduction in lighttransmittance equal to the glass area coveredby the applied pattern (See Table 10.3a).

75

3mm dots, 40% cover

3mm reverse dots, 60% cover

3mm strip, 50% cover

Gum leaf design

Figure 10.3a: Standard Designs

Cover (%) 40 50 60

Transmission (%) 63 56 49

Figures based on 6mm clear float with printed coverage to

Surface #2.

Table 10.3a: Light Transmission

Patternlite – Gum leaf design

Types

G.James offers Patternlite in four standarddesigns (See Figure 10.3a) in eight standardcolours (See Figure 4.7a) however customdesigned patterns and colours for specificproject requirements are available.

Patternlite can be applied to clear or tintedglass substrates, laminated glass, orincorporated into a Twin-Glaze unit. Further,combining Patternlite with a reflective coatedglass will significantly reduce glare anddecrease solar transmission.

Properties and Applications

The manufacture process of Patternlite bondsthe pattern to the glass providing a permanentnon-porous surface with excellent scratchresistance (removal of the pattern is notpossible without damage to the glasssubstrate). G.James Patternlite is imperviousto weathering and fade resistant.

When specifying the pattern colour, be awarethat lighter colours will act as a daylightdiffuser. Further, light colours will naturallyreflect solar energy while darker colours willabsorb such energy.

Overhead canopies and skylights are theprimary uses of Patternlite while the applicationof custom or corporate door motifs ontoughened glass entry doors are also possible.

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 77: 26756730 Glass Handbook

GLAZINGTECHNIQUES11.0

11

.0

G

LA

ZI

NG

T

EC

HN

IQ

UE

S

1 1 . 0 G L A Z I N G T E C H N I Q U E S

Glazing techniques

Introduction

Architects and designers are continually

looking for better and more complex ways to

use glass in buildings. Large picture windows,

glass awnings, balustrades and expansive use

of glass in shopfronts, foyers and ground floor

entries are today common sights.

While many factors are considered in selectingthe glass, the glazing techniques used in theinstallation process are equally as important.In essence this involves choosing the correctmaterials and their proper installation and use toensure long term performance of any glazing.

11.1

The framing system should be adequatelydesigned to support and retain the glass underthe design load conditions and also provide aneffective weather-tight seal while the glassremains free floating and non-load bearing.

As this section is a guide only, reference to

Australian Standard AS 1288, Glass in Buildings

- Selection and Installation is recommended.

Dry Glazing

Dry glazing is the common description for

systems utilising extruded rubber gaskets

manufactured from either PVC, EPDM,

neoprene and Santoprene to one or both sides

of the glass to provide a tight weather seal.

Installation of the gasket commences in one

corner of the frame with the gasket pressed

into the glazing pocket in 100mm to 200mm

sections until completed. It is important the

gaskets are cut slightly oversize and

continually worked towards the starting point

to minimise the chance of shrinkage. To assist

11.2

76

ExtrudedRubber Gasket

AluminiumChannel

Glass

SettingBlock

Figure 11.2a: Example of Dry Glazing

Page 78: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

11

.0

G

LA

ZI

NG

T

EC

HN

IQ

UE

S

Butyl Tapes

Butyl tapes are an elastomeric material

extruded into a ribbon and available in various

widths and thicknesses. This tape is extremely

durable and has excellent adhesion to both

glass and metal surfaces when continuous

pressure is applied. A shim can be

incorporated into the tape to reduce the butyl

compound being ‘pumped out’ of the glazing

channel as a result of the combined actions of

heat and wind.

Over the last decade the use of butyl tapes has

declined in favour of other glazing materials.

Elastomeric Sealants

Silicones, polyurethanes, acrylics and butyl

sealants are the main types of elastromeric

sealants used throughout the glazing industry.

Sealant Selection

When selecting an appropriate sealant for a

specific glazing installation, it is important to

consider the properties of the various sealant

types in order to avoid any long term

problems. Gunable silicone and polyurethane

are the most commonly used elastromeric

sealants and cure by way of chemical reaction

assisted by temperature and humidity or by

solvent release.

Silicone

Silicone is the most widely used sealant with

many benefits including, longevity, flexibility

and good adhesion to glazing substrates. In

addition silicone is less affected by ultra-violet

radiation providing excellent long-term

weatherability, making it an ideal material for

use in external applications such as structural,

weatherseal and butt-joint glazing. However

each silicone type has some drawbacks which

may be detrimental to the application.

77

Type Application Details Colour Site Applied Factory Applied

Structural Glass to aluminium Neutral cure ONLY Black 1 part 1 part or 2 part

Structural Monolithic glass Acetic structural Black and 1 part 1 part

to glass or Neutral cure translucent

Structural Laminated glass Neutral cure ONLY Black 1 part 1 part

to glass

Weatherseal Laminated glass Neutral cure ONLY Black and 1 part 1 part

to glass translucent

NB: The use of black silicone is recommended in all applications.

Table 11.3a: Silicone Applications

with installation, lubricate and soften the

gasket by placing it in a container of hot,

mildly soapy water.

Internal applications such as partitions, doors

and viewing windows generally have no air or

weather sealing requirements. Framing in this

instance can comprise aluminium channels or

timber beads.

External glazing systems are designed to be

pressure equalised and self-draining, with

extruded gaskets used to achieve air and

weather sealing. PVC gaskets are suitable for

use in the glazing of shopfronts, residential

and commercial buildings under 10 metres

high. For buildings over 10 meters high, the

use of Santoprene or neoprene gaskets should

be considered. It is essential the correct

thickness of gasket is used to ensure

compression on the internal gasket is

achieved to prevent air and water ingress.

Wet Glazing

Wet glazing materials can be classified into

one of three main types:

• Putty based compound

• Butyl tapes

• Elastomeric Sealants

Putty Based Compounds

The use of putty based compounds as a

glazing material has declined with the

introduction of more versatile materials and

techniques, and is now only used in the glass

replacement market on older homes and

buildings. Oil-based putty is not compatible

with glazing materials such as silicone or

neoprene and CANNOT be used in the glazing

of laminated glass or Twin-Glaze units.

11.3

Page 79: 26756730 Glass Handbook

11

.0

G

LA

ZI

NG

T

EC

HN

IQ

UE

S

1 1 . 0 G L A Z I N G T E C H N I Q U E S

There are two main categories of silicone:

acetic cure and neutral cure. Recognised by

their pungent odour, acetic cure silicones

contain chemical compounds that produce

acetic acid as a by-product of the curing

(hardening) process. Alternatively certain types

of neutral cure silicones release alcohol as a by-

product of the curing process. Table 11.3a

details the specific type/s of silicone suitable

for various glass applications. Silicone is

available in either high or low modulus (i.e.

movement capability and tear resistance) and/or

in a choice of one-part or two-part products.

Adhesion, Compatibility and Stain

Testing

Due to the wide variety of painted and other

surface types currently available for

construction purposes, simple adhesion,

compatibility and stain testing should be

carried out prior to the commencement of any

sealant application. If required, samples of all

intended materials can be supplied to the

relevant sealant manufacturer for testing.

Surface and Joint Preparation

Glass and polycarbonate surfaces should be

subjected to a two stage cleaning process as

recommended in sealant suppliers’ literature.

This procedure is as follows:

• Thoroughly clean the surface with either

methylated spirits or isopropyl alcohol (only)

on clean cloths or lint free paper

• Before the solvent completely evaporates,

wipe the surface dry with a second, clean

lint-free cloth to remove all contaminants

NB: It is important that cleaning solvents containing

chemicals such as ammonia, xylene (i.e. white spirits) are

not used with polycarbonate materials as it will cause

crazing of the material. This also applies to glazing products

that release solvents or ammonia during curing. Specific

glazing products and methods must be used when glazing

polycarbonate products.

Masonry surfaces should have loose dust, dirt

and debris removed by a brush.

Aluminium surfaces should be cleaned with

white spirit using clean cloths or lint free

paper and employ the two stage cleaning

process described above.

NB: It is important to use white spirits as the cleaning

solvent to properly remove waxes and other contaminates

from painted aluminium surfaces. Alcohol based cleaners

like methylated spirits may not be sufficient to obtain

optimum adhesion on all surfaces.

Priming may be required if adhesion tests show

cleaning only, provides inadequate adhesion.

Should this occur the manufacturer’s

recommendations must be followed.

NB: Suitable protective clothing, eyewear and gloves should

be worn when using solvents or primers.

Sealant Application and Tooling

After preparing the surface (and the primer, if

required, has dried), it is critical the sealant is

immediately applied. Delays will allow dust

etc. to collect on the various surfaces and

contaminate the frames. Apply the sealant by

pushing a bead of sealant forward into the

joint cavity. Do not pull the applicator gun as

the sealant will tend to lay over the joint rather

than be pushed into the cavity as is required

to achieve a proper seal. Pushing the sealant

also helps wet all the contact surfaces. Care

must be taken to ensure joints are filled

without voids, air pockets or bubbles.

Under no circumstances should uncured sealant

be tooled off with solvents. Tooling fluids are

not recommended as they can cause possible

joint contamination and inhibit sealant cure. 78

A range of glazing material and tools

Page 80: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

11

.0

G

LA

ZI

NG

T

EC

HN

IQ

UE

S

79

Glass Setting Blocks

Glass setting blocks can take the form of

neoprene, EPDM, silicone or PVC materials

which generally have a 80 Durometer Shore

hardness.

Setting blocks are used in the glazing of

monolithic, laminated and Twin-Glaze units to:

• Provide a cushion for the glass

• Maintain the proper location of the glass

• Ensure correct edge clearance and frame

retention

For correct size and position of setting blocks

consult AS 1288.

General GlazingApplications

Structural Glazing (1 or 2 part silicone)

Structural glazing, either 4-sided or 2-sided,

utilises structural silicone to adhere and seal

glass or cladding materials to the aluminium

substrates. In all structurally glazed applications,

a calculation is required to determine the

thickness and width of the silicone (structural)

bite in order to satisfy load requirements on the

framing and glass. The nominated bite size is

attained by correctly positioning and selecting an

appropriate double-sided, structural tape which

is available in varying thicknesses and widths.

During installation glaziers must ensure the

structural silicone being pumped into the joint

totally wets both substrates being glued, filling

the aluminium to glass void. Temporary retainers

may be required to secure the glass in place

while the silicone is curing. One-part silicones

may require 21 days to reach full strength after

which time temporary retainers can be removed.

11.5

11.4Prior to installation, correct cleaning (and

possibly priming) of the aluminium frames and

glass is paramount to ensure good adhesion.

4-sided Structural Glazing involves adhering the

glass or cladding to aluminium on all four

sides achieving a totally flush, frameless,

external appearance.

2-sided Structural Glazing involves adhering the

glass or cladding to aluminium on opposite

sides, either vertically or horizontally, with the

other two edges held captive with an

aluminium bead or cover strip.

For sloped overhead glazing, either 4-sided or

2-sided structural glazing can be used to

ensure a weather tight system is achieved.

Legends Hotel, Surfers Paradise

Laminatedglass

Steelstructure

Silicone (structuraland weatherseal)

Double-sidedglazing tape

Flat aluminiumsection

Figure 11.5a: Example of Structural Glazing Butt-Joint Glazing

2-edge Support

2-edge butt-joint glazing involves the glass

being retained horizontally in an aluminium

channel glazed with a gasket while the

vertical joints are sealed with silicone. This

type of glazing is used in office partitions and

internal shopfronts (subject to the

requirements of AS 1288).

NB: In certain instances glass fins may be required for

structural support.

Page 81: 26756730 Glass Handbook

11

.0

G

LA

ZI

NG

T

EC

HN

IQ

UE

S

1 1 . 0 G L A Z I N G T E C H N I Q U E S

4-edge Support

4-edge butt-joint glazing incorporates a glass fin

at the silicone joint which provides structural

support for the glass panels. The size of the

glass fin and how it is retained at the head and

sill are important considerations to ensure

adequate structural support is achieved.

90° Butt Corner

With 90° butt corner joints, the glass is

considered to be structurally supported by the

adjacent panel, i.e. the glass panels support

one another in a similar method to that of a

glass fin providing sufficient structural bite is

available. This may also apply to internal

angles up to 135°. It is necessary to check that

the glass thickness is sufficient to provide the

required silicone bite.

Weatherseal Glazing - Non-structural

Weatherseals have many different forms and

include glass to glass butt-joints, glass to

aluminium seals or aluminium to aluminium

seals for cladding joints. It is important that

silicone weatherseals have the correct joint

design to accommodate building movement,

expansion and contraction due to heating

and cooling.

Considerations for Glazing

Annealed and Heat Treated Glass

Annealed and heat treated glass with any

surface or edge damage must not be glazed

as this weakens the glass causing possible

thermal or spontaneous breakage.

Laminated Glass

Glazing systems incorporating laminated glass

should include weep (drain) holes as it is

essential that the edges remain dry as

prolonged exposure to moisture will cause

delamination around the edges. This may even

occur when laminated glass is glazed in

unframed applications such as balustrade in-fill

panels. All types of silicones may cause slight

delamination, with acetic cure silicone being

the most detrimental. If silicone is to be used

a neutral cure type is recommended. It should

be noted that delamination does not effect the

structural integrity of the glass or joint.

Twin-Glaze Units

All systems glazed with Twin-Glaze units must

incorporate weep (drain) holes as any long

term exposure to moisture WILL result in unit

11.6

80

Cathedral Place, Brisbane

Page 82: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

11

.0

G

LA

ZI

NG

T

EC

HN

IQ

UE

S

8 1

failure. Weep holes must be equivalent to

three (3) 10mm holes per sill. All Twin-Glaze

units have silicone secondary seals and

therefore do not require additional protection

against UV radiation.

Curved Glass

For the glazing of curved glass an extra setting

block is required in the centre of the curve.

Due to the glass and aluminium bending

tolerances, it is recommended a silicone cap-

seal is employed to alleviate any pressure

points in the glass curve that may be caused

by dry glazing with PVC gaskets.

Bullet Resistant and Physical Attack

Glass

With glass polycarbonate composite panels it

is important that cleaning solvents containing

chemicals such as ammonia and xylene (e.g.

white spirits) are not used as they induce

stress into the polycarbonate edges resulting

in crazing. This can also occur with some

glazing products which release solvents during

curing. To avoid any problems the glass should

be cleaned with a mild solution of soap or

detergent and luke warm water.

Mirror Installation

Mirrors should be mounted plumb and flat to

avoid distortion and installed in a manner

which permits air circulation between the wall

and mirror back minimising condensation. This

is especially important in bathrooms, ensuites

or rooms with high humidity.

Mirrors should never be fixed directly to

unpainted concrete, brick, plaster or timber, as

there is always the potential of chemical attack

from these unsealed surfaces.

Fixings - Screws, Domes or Rosettes

The most widely used method of fixing

frameless mirrors is by using screws and

domes or rosettes fixed through holes in the

four corners of the mirror.

For mirrors over 3m2, holes should be at

900mm centres and a minimum 50mm from

the edge.

Screws must not be over-tightened as

breakage will occur.

11.7

Double-sided Tape

Such tape must be capable of permanently

bonding to the wall and at least 2- 3mm thick.

Vertical strips are recommended to reduce the

possibility of moisture and other contaminants

being trapped behind the mirror. Supporting

the bottom edge should also be considered for

safety purposes.

Silicone/Adhesive Fixing

The use of silicone or structural adhesive is

useful on uneven surfaces or where

concealed fixings are required. Silicone or

adhesive should be applied in vertical strips

and never in ‘blobs’. Double-sided tape is

used to hold the mirror in place while the

silicone or adhesive cures. For vinyl backed

mirrors, the vinyl should be removed in areas

where the silicone or adhesive is to be

applied to ensure sufficient bonding between

the mirror and the wall.

For compatible silicones and adhesives consult

with G.James Technical Advisory Service.

Batten Fixing

The suggested way of achieving a plumb

installation, particularly for large areas, is to

use vertical batten fixing. The vertical battens

(50mm x 25mm) should be primed, before

fixing to ensure no chemical reactions

between the resins and mirror back.

Either double-sided tape, silicone, adhesives

or rosettes can then be used to install mirrors

to the battens.

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 83: 26756730 Glass Handbook

STANDARDSANDTESTING12.0

12

.0

S

TA

ND

AR

DS

A

ND

T

ES

TI

NG

1 2 . 0 S T A N D A R D S A N D T E S T I N G

Standards and testing

Standards

Australian Standards (AS):

AS 1170.2

Minimum design loads on structures - Wind

loads.

AS 1288

Glass in buildings - Selection and installation.

AS 1530

Methods for fire tests on building materials,

components and structures.

AS 1926

Swimming pool safety.

AS/NZS 2080

Safety glass for land vehicles.

AS 2107

Acoustics - Recommended design sound

levels and reverberation times for building

interiors.

AS/NZS 2208

Safety glass materials in buildings.

AS/NZS 2343

Bullet-resistant panels and elements.

AS 2820

Gate units for private swimming pools.

AS 3555

Building elements - Testing and rating for

intruder resistance.

AS 3959

Construction of buildings in bushfire-prone

areas.

AS/NZS ISO 9000 Series

Quality Management System Standards.

12.1Other Industry Standards andPublications:

ASHRAE

American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and

Air-conditioning Engineers.

ASTM

American Society for Testing and Materials.

ASTM 1036

Specification for flat glass.

ASTM 1048

Specification for heat treated glass.

BCA

Building Code of Australia.

BS 5713

British Standard - Hermetically sealed IG units.

BS 5821

British Standard - Rating sound insulation.

BRB 566

British Rail Board - Railway transport/safety

glazing.

CAN/CGSB - 12.8 - M90

Canadian insulating glass units national

standard.

FRA I & FRA II

Federal Railroads Administration (USA) - Rail

transport/safety glazing.

82

Page 84: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

12

.0

S

TA

ND

AR

DS

A

ND

T

ES

TI

NG

Product Standards

AS/NZS 2208 (Safety glazing materials in buildings)

• G.James Safety Glass (Qld) Pty Ltd -

Laminating Lic. No. 809.

• G.James Safety Glass (Qld) Pty Ltd -

Toughening Lic. No. 809.

• G.James Safety Glass Pty Ltd (NSW) -

Toughening Lic. No. 592.

• G.James Safety Glass Pty Ltd (Vic) -

Toughening Lic. No. 951.

• G.James Industries (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.-

Laminating Lic. No. 1441.

• G.James Industries (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. -

Toughening Lic. No. 1441.

AS/NZS 2080 (Safety glass for land vehicles)

• G.James Safety Glass (Qld) Pty Ltd -

Laminating Lic. No. 821.

• G.James Safety Glass (Qld) Pty Ltd -

Toughening Lic. No. 821.

• G.James Safety Glass Pty Ltd (NSW) -

Toughening Lic. No. 471.

• G.James Safety Glass Pty Ltd (Vic) -

Toughening Lic. No. 949.

• G.James Safety Glass Pty Ltd (Vic) -

Laminating Lic. No. P302.

AS/NZS 2343 (Bullet resistant panels and elements)

• G.James Safety Glass (Qld) Pty Ltd - Security

Products Lic. No. 1499.

Quality ManagementSystems Certification toISO 9000 Series

G.James Safety Glass Pty Ltd

- Certificate No. QEC 7280.

G.James Glass & Aluminium Pty Ltd

- Certificate No. QEC 2153.

G.James Extrusion Co Pty Ltd

- Certificate No. QEC 079.

12.3

12.2 Test Facilities

The following are test facilities used by

G.James:

ASIO

Australian Security Intelligence Organisation

(T4 Protective Security): Forcible Attack

Testing.

Ballistic Edge

Bullet resistant glass testing.

BHP - Sydney

Cyclone test facility.

BRANZ

Building Research Australia and New Zealand:

IG unit testing.

CSIRO

Commonwealth Science Industry Research

Organisation: Acoustic testing.

G.James Engineering Services Pty Ltd

• Physical attack testing

• BRB 566 and FRA testing

• Optical and thermal measurements

• Accelerated life testing of products

G.James Testing Laboratory

NATA Registered Laboratory No.3630 (within

the field of mechanical testing).

James Cook University - Townsville

Cyclone resistant glazing.

National Acoustic Laboratories

Acoustic testing.

Queensland University of Technology - Brisbane

Photometric Laboratory: UV transmittance/

laminated glass and luminous transmittance

through laminated glass.

Faculty of Building Environment and

Engineering: Forcible attack testing.

12.4

83

Page 85: 26756730 Glass Handbook

STOCKLINESSTOCKLINES13.0

13

.0

S

TO

CK

LI

NE

S

1 3 . 0 S T O C K L I N E S

StocklinesClear Float

1.2mm, 2mm, 2.5mm, 3mm, 4mm, 5mm,

6mm, 8mm, 10mm, 12mm, 15mm, 19mm &

25mm

Tinted Float

Grey: 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 8mm, 10mm & 12mm

Bronze: 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 10mm & 12mm

Green: 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, & 10mm

Super Tints/PerformanceGlass

Evergreen: 3mm, 4mm, 5mm & 6mm

Arctic Blue: 4mm, 6mm & 10mm

Azurlite: 4mm, 6mm & 10mm

Panasap (Dark) Blue: 5mm & 6mm

Optigray 23: 6mm

Supergrey: 4mm & 6mm

Low Iron Glass

Starphire: 6mm,10mm & 12mm

Diamant: 6mm,10mm & 12mm

On-line Reflective

Solarcool Grey: 4mm & 6mm

Solarcool Bronze: 4mm & 6mm

Solarcool Azurlite: 4mm & 6mm

Eclipse Grey: 6mm

Eclipse Blue Green: 6mm

Eclipse Evergreen: 6mm

Eclipse Arctic Blue: 6mm

Stopsol Classic Dark Blue: 6mm

Stopsol SuperSilver Dark Blue: 6mm

Reflectafloat: 6mm

13.3

13.2

13.1Solarplus

TS21: 3mm & 6mm

TS30: 3mm & 6mm

SS08: 3mm & 6mm

SS22: 3mm & 6mm

SL10*: 3mm & 6mm

SL20*: 3mm & 6mm

NB: Other coatings available upon request.

* Only available in laminated.

Low E

Energy Advantage: 3mm, 4mm & 6mm

Sungate 500: 4mm & 6mm

K Glass: 4mm & 6mm

Figured Rolled Patterned

Non-reflective: 2mm

White

Broadline: 4mm

Cathedral: 3mm, 4mm & 5mm

Flemish: 4mm

Glue Chip: 5mm

Kosciusko: 3mm

Narrow Reeded: 4mm

Roughcast: 3mm & 5mm

Satinlite: 3mm

Seadrift: 5mm

Glacier/Sparkle: 3mm

Spotswood: 3mm, 4mm & 5mm

Strata: 3mm & 5mm

Tandarra: 5mm

Tinted

Grey (Cathedral): 5mm

Grey (Spotswood): 5mm & 6mm

13.4

84

Page 86: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

13

.0

S

TO

CK

LI

NE

S

Bronze: 5.38mm & 6.38mm

Green: 5.38mm, 5.76 W.H.P., 6.38mm & 6.76

W.H.P.

Dark (Brown) Neutral: 6.76mm

Figured Patterned Laminated

Translucent: 6.38mm, 8.38mm, 10.38mm &

12.38mm

Clear Showertex (Cathedral): 6.76mm

Grey Showertex (Cathedral): 6.76mm

Bronze Showertex (Cathedral): 6.76mm

NB: Other patterns available on request

Mirrors

Clear

3mm, 4mm & 6mm

Tinted

Grey: 4mm & 6mm

Bronze: 4mm & 6mm

Venetian Strip

Clear: 6mm

Vinyl Back Mirror

Grade A & B: 4mm

Grade B: 6mm

One Way Mirror

Solarplus SS08 Grey Laminated: 6.38mm

Glass Blocks

A large range of clear, patterned glass blocks

Special Purpose Glass

Heat Resistant Glass

FireLite: 5mm

Robax: 5mm

Borofloat: 5.5mm

Radiation Shielding Glass

Lead Glass: Various thicknesses

Prior to selection/ordering any of the abovestocklines verify available sheet size withyour G.James representative.

NB: Some items maybe temporarily out of stock or only

available on request.

13.9

13.8

13.7

85

Bronze (Cathedral): 5mm

Bronze (Seadrift): 5mm

Bronze (Spotswood): 5mm & 6mm

Bronze (Tandarra): 5mm

NB: Some discontinued patterned glass also available ex-stock

Wired Glass

Clear

Georgian Polished: 6mm

White

Obscura: 6mm

Scintilla: 6mm

Squarelite: 6mm

Tinted

Bronze (Scintilla): 6mm

Qualage

Tudor Clear: 4mm & 5mm

Colonial Clear: 4mm & 5mm

Colonial Cathedral: 4mm & 5mm

Laminated

Clear

5.38mm, 6.38mm, 6.52mm, 6.76mm, 8.38mm,

10.38mm, 10.76mm, 11.52mm & 12.38mm

Grey

5.38mm, 6.38mm, 6.52mm, 6.76mm, 8.38mm,

10.38mm, 11.52mm & 12.38mm

Bronze

5.38mm, 6.38mm, 6.76mm, 8.38mm,

10.38mm & 11.52mm

Green

5.38mm, 6.38mm, 8.38mm, 10.38mm,

11.52mm & 12.38mm

Evergreen

6.38mm, 6.76mm, 8.38mm, 10.38mm,

11.52mm & 12.38mm

Opticolor

Various colours and glass thicknesses

available

Automotive

Clear: 5.38mm, 5.76 W.H.P., 6.38mm & 6.76 W.H.P

Grey: 5.38mm & 6.38mm

13.6

13.5

Page 87: 26756730 Glass Handbook

NITS/CONVERSIONFACTORS14.0

14

.0

U

NI

TS

/C

ON

VE

RS

IO

N

FA

CT

OR

S

1 4 . 0 U N I T S / C O N V E R S I O N F A C T O R S

Units/Conversion factors

Units

Length: metres (m)

Mass: kilograms (kg)

Time: seconds (s)

Temperature: Kelvin (K)

Energy: joule (J)

Force: newton (N)

Power: watt (W)

Pressure: pascal (Pa)

Length

Metric to Metric

1 millimetre = 1000 micrometres

1 centimetre = 10 millimetres

1 metre = 1000 millimetres= 100 centimetres

1 kilometre = 1000 metres

Imperial to Metric

1 inch = 25.4 millimetres

1 foot = 0.305 metre= 30.48 centimetres

1 yard = 0.914 metre

1 mile = 1.609 kilometres

1 fathom = 1.829 metres

Metric to Imperial

1 centimetre = 0.394 inch

1 metre = 39.37 inches= 3.28 feet= 1.094 yards

1 kilometre = 0.621 mile

Area

Metric to Metric

1 sq. metre = 10 000 sq. centimetres

1 hectare = 10 000 sq. metres

1 sq. kilometre = 100 000 sq. metres= 100 hectares

Imperial to Metric

1 sq. inch = 645.16 sq. millimetres

1 sq. foot = 0.093 sq. metre

1 sq. yard = 0.836 sq. metre

1 perch = 25.293 sq. metres

1 acre = 0.405 hectare

1 sq. mile = 2.59 sq. kilometres

Metric to Imperial

1 sq. metre = 10.764 sq. feet= 1.196 sq. yards

1 sq. kilometre = 0.386 sq. mile

1 hectare = 2.471 acres

Mass

Metric to Metric

1 gram = 1000 milligrams

1 kilogram = 1000 grams

1 tonne = 1000 kilograms= 1 cubic metre (fluid)

Imperial to Metric

1 ounce = 28.35 grams

1 pound = 0.454 kilogram

1 stone = 6.35 kilograms

1 ton = 1.016 tonnes

Metric to Imperial

1 gram = 0.035 ounce

1 kilogram = 2.205 pounds

1 tonne = 0.984 ton

Volume & Capacity

Metric to Metric

1 cubiccentimetre = 1000 cubic millimetres

1 cubic metre = 1 000 000 cubiccentimetres

= 1000 litres= 1000 kilograms (fluid)

1 litre = 1000 millilitres

Imperial to Metric

1 cubic inch = 16.387 cubic centimetres

1 cubic foot = 0.028 cubic metre

1 UK gallon = 4.546 litres

1 US gallon = 3.785 litres86

Page 88: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

14

.0

U

NI

TS

/C

ON

VE

RS

IO

N

FA

CT

OR

S

Metric to Imperial

1 cubiccentimetre = 0.061 cubic inch

1 cubic metre = 35.315 cubic feet

1 litre = 0.22 UK gallon= 0.264 US gallon

Power & Force

Metric to Metric

1 watt = 1000 milliwatts= 1 joule/second

1 kilowatt = 1000 watts

1 megawatt = 1000 kilowatts

Imperial to Metric

1 horsepower = 0.746 kilowatt

1 British Thermal Unit (Btu)/hour = 0.293 watt

1 pound force = 4.448 newtons

Metric to Imperial

1 watt = 3.412 Btu/hour

= 0.738 feet poundforce/second

1 kilowatt = 1.341 horsepower

1 newton = 0.225 pound force

Energy

Metric to Metric

1 joule = 1000 millijoules= 1 newton metre

1 kilojoule = 1000 joules

1 megajoule = 1000 kilojoules

1 kilowatt hour = 3.6 megajoules

Imperial to Metric

1 foot poundforce = 1.356 joules

1 Btu = 1.055 kilojoules

Metric to Imperial

1 joule = 0.738 foot pound force

1 kilojoule = 0.948 Btu

Thermal Values

R-value = 1 ÷ U-value

U-value = 1 ÷ R-value

Btu/ft2.h.˚F = W/m2.K ÷ 5.68

W/m2.K = Btu/ft2.h.˚F x 5.68

Pressure

Metric to Metric

1 pascal = 1 newton/sq. metre

1 kilopascal = 1000 pascals

Imperial to Metric

1 pound force/sq. inch = 6.895 kilopascals

1 pound force/sq. foot = 47.88 pascals

Metric to Imperial

1 kilopascal = 0.145 pound force/sq. inch

Speed

Metric to Metric

1 metre/second = 3.6 kilometres/hour

1 kilometre/hour = 0.277 metre/second

1 knot = 1.852 kilometres/hour= 0.514 metre/second

Imperial to Metric

1 foot/second = 0.305 metre/second

1 mile/hour = 1.609 kilometres/hour= 0.447 metre/second

Metric to Imperial

1 metre/second = 3.281 feet/second

1 kilometre/hour = 0.621 mile/hour

Speed of Sound

1193.25 kph

741.45 mph

Area of Circle

Area = πr2 (3.14159 x radius2)

Circumference of Circle

Circumference = 2πr (2 x 3.14159 x radius)= πd (3.14159 x diameter)

Temperature Conversions

˚Celsius = (˚Fahrenheit - 32) x 5/9= Kelvin - 273.15

Kelvin = ˚Celsius + 273.15

˚ Fahrenheit = (9/5 x ˚Celsius) + 32

87

Page 89: 26756730 Glass Handbook

PERFORMANCECHARTS15.0

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

1 5 . 0 P E R F O R M A N C E C H A R T S

Performance charts

Clear GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S2 mittance S1 S2 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

3mm 89 8 8 86 8 8 1.00 0.88 5.9 0.90

4mm 88 8 8 84 8 8 0.98 0.86 5.9 0.90

5mm 88 8 8 82 7 7 0.96 0.85 5.9 0.92

6mm 87 8 8 80 7 7 0.95 0.83 5.9 0.92

8mm 85 8 8 77 7 7 0.92 0.81 5.9 0.92

10mm 83 7 7 73 7 7 0.89 0.78 5.9 0.93

12mm 82 7 7 70 7 7 0.86 0.76 5.8 0.95

15mm 80 7 7 65 7 7 0.82 0.72 5.8 0.98

19mm 78 7 7 60 6 6 0.78 0.69 5.8 1.00

25mm 75 7 7 53 6 6 0.72 0.63 5.7 1.04

Body Tint GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S2 mittance S1 S2 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6mm Green 78 7 7 49 6 6 0.71 0.61 6.3 1.10

6mm Bronze 51 6 6 48 5 5 0.71 0.61 6.3 0.72

6mm Grey 43 5 5 47 5 5 0.69 0.59 6.3 0.62

6mm Evergreen 66 6 6 34 5 5 0.58 0.50 6.3 1.13

6mm Azurlite 71 7 7 33 5 5 0.58 0.50 6.3 1.22

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 58 6 6 43 5 5 0.67 0.57 6.3 0.87

6mm Arctic Blue 56 6 6 35 5 5 0.60 0.52 6.3 0.93

6mm Optigray 23 5 5 19 5 5 0.47 0.41 6.3 0.49

6mm Supergrey 8 4 4 8 4 4 0.39 0.33 6.3 0.21

Laminate - Single InterlayerVisible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6.38mm

Clear 85 7 7 76 7 7 0.92 0.81 5.9 0.92

Grey 42 5 5 51 5 5 0.72 0.63 6.1 0.58

Green 69 6 6 64 6 6 0.82 0.72 6.0 0.63

Bronze 52 5 5 52 5 5 0.73 0.64 6.1 0.71

Cool Blue 69 6 6 69 6 6 0.86 0.76 5.9 0.80

8.38mm

Clear 83 7 7 73 7 7 0.89 0.78 5.8 0.93

Grey 41 5 5 48 5 5 0.69 0.61 6.0 0.59

88* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 90: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

Laminate - Single Interlayer (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

Green 67 6 6 61 6 6 0.80 0.70 5.9 0.84

Bronze 50 5 5 50 5 5 0.71 0.62 6.0 0.70

Cool Blue 67 6 6 67 6 6 0.86 0.76 5.9 0.78

10.38mm

Clear 83 7 7 69 7 7 0.86 0.76 5.8 0.97

Grey 41 5 5 46 5 5 0.67 0.59 6.0 0.61

Green 67 6 6 58 6 6 0.77 0.68 5.9 0.87

Bronze 50 5 5 47 5 5 0.69 0.60 6.0 0.72

Cool Blue 67 6 6 64 6 6 0.81 0.71 5.9 0.83

12.38mm

Clear 81 7 7 66 7 7 0.83 0.73 5.8 0.98

Grey 40 5 5 44 5 5 0.66 0.57 6.0 0.61

Green 66 6 6 56 6 6 0.75 0.66 5.9 0.88

Bronze 49 5 5 45 5 5 0.67 0.58 6.0 0.73

Cool Blue 66 6 6 60 6 6 0.79 0.69 5.8 0.84

Laminate - Double InterlayerVisible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6.76mm

Clear 84 7 7 72 7 7 0.89 0.78 5.8 0.94

Grey 21 4 4 32 5 5 0.57 0.50 6.3 0.37

Green 55 5 5 52 5 5 0.72 0.63 6.1 0.76

Bronze 31 5 5 34 5 5 0.58 0.51 6.2 0.53

Cool Blue 55 5 5 61 6 6 0.80 0.70 6.0 0.69

8.76mm

Clear 82 7 7 69 7 7 0.86 0.75 5.8 0.95

Grey 20 4 4 30 5 5 0.55 0.48 6.2 0.36

Green 54 5 5 49 5 5 0.70 0.61 6.0 0.77

Bronze 30 4 4 32 5 5 0.57 0.50 6.2 0.53

Cool Blue 54 5 5 58 6 6 0.77 0.68 5.9 0.70

10.76mm

Clear 82 7 7 66 6 6 0.83 0.73 5.8 0.99

Grey 20 4 4 29 5 5 0.54 0.47 6.1 0.37

Green 54 5 5 47 5 5 0.68 0.60 6.0 0.79

Bronze 30 4 4 31 5 5 0.55 0.48 6.1 0.55

Cool Blue 54 5 5 55 6 6 0.75 0.66 5.9 0.72

12.76mm

Clear 81 7 7 63 6 6 0.81 0.71 5.8 1.00

Grey 20 4 4 28 4 4 0.53 0.46 6.1 0.38

Green 53 5 5 44 5 5 0.66 0.58 5.9 0.80

Bronze 30 4 4 29 5 5 0.54 0.47 6.1 0.56

Cool Blue 53 5 5 53 6 6 0.73 0.64 5.9 0.73

89* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 91: 26756730 Glass Handbook

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

1 5 . 0 P E R F O R M A N C E C H A R T S

Optilight SeriesVisible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

(Coating on Surface 4) mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

HL219

4mm Green/0.76mm Clear/4mm EA 73 10 11 45 6 9 0.61 0.54 4.0 1.19

6mm Green/0.76mm Clear/4mm EA 68 9 10 37 5 8 0.55 0.48 4.1 1.24

6mm Green/0.76mm Clear/6mm EA 69 9 10 36 6 8 0.53 0.47 4.1 1.29

HL229

4mm Green/0.38mm Grey, 37 6 10 25 5 11 0.44 0.38 4.2 0.85

0.38mm Clear/4mm EA

6mm Green/0.38mm Grey, 35 6 9 19 5 10 0.39 0.33 4.1 0.89

0.38mm Clear/4mm EA

6mm Green/0.38mm Grey, 35 6 9 20 5 10 0.39 0.34 4.1 0.90

0.38mm Clear/6mm EA

HL319

4mm Grey/0.76mm Clear/4mm EA 50 7 10 40 5 8 0.57 0.50 4.1 0.87

6mm Grey/0.76mm Clear/4mm EA 38 6 9 29 5 10 0.48 0.41 4.2 0.79

6mm Grey/0.76mm Clear/6mm EA 39 6 8 29 5 8 0.47 0.41 4.1 0.82

HL419

6mm Bronze/0.76mm Clear/4mm EA 45 7 9 36 5 8 0.53 0.47 4.1 0.85

HL519

6mm Panasap Dark Blue/ 50 7 10 31 5 11 0.49 0.42 4.2 1.03

0.76mm Clear/4mm EA

6mm Panasap Dark Blue/ 51 7 9 31 5 8 0.49 0.43 4.1 1.04

0.76mm Clear/6mm EA

HL719

4mm Azurlite/0.76mm Clear/4mm EA 66 9 10 32 5 8 0.49 0.43 4.2 1.35

6mm Azurlite/0.76mm Clear/4mm EA 64 8 10 29 5 11 0.47 0.41 4.2 1.36

6mm Azurlite/0.76mm Clear/6mm EA 65 8 9 30 5 7 0.47 0.42 4.1 1.39

HL819

4mm Evergreen/ 66 9 11 36 5 8 0.53 0.46 4.1 1.24

0.76mm Clear/4mm EA

6mm Evergreen/ 58 8 10 26 5 11 0.45 0.38 4.2 1.29

0.76mm Clear/4mm EA

6mm Evergreen/ 59 8 10 27 5 8 0.45 0.40 4.1 1.30

0.76mm Clear/6mm EA

HL919

4mm EA(S2)/0.76mm Clear/4mm EA 75 12 13 56 10 10 0.70 0.62 3.9 1.07

6mm EA(S2)/0.76mm Clear/6mm EA 74 11 12 51 9 10 0.66 0.58 3.9 1.12

EA = Energy Advantage; (S2) = Additional coating to Surface 2

Solarplus TE/TS Series - MonolithicVisible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S2 mittance S1 S2 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

TE10

6mm Clear 10 19 27 6 21 35 0.26 0.22 4.9 0.38

TS21

6mm Clear 21 19 33 15 20 40 0.36 0.31 5.3 0.69

6mm Green 18 17 33 10 12 40 0.34 0.29 5.3 0.54

6mm Bronze 12 10 33 9 11 40 0.33 0.29 5.3 0.39

6mm Grey 10 8 33 9 10 40 0.34 0.29 5.3 0.30

6mm Evergreen 16 16 33 7 8 40 0.32 0.28 5.3 0.5090

* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 92: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

9 1* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Solarplus TE/TS Series - Monolithic (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S2 mittance S1 S2 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6mm Azurlite 17 16 33 8 9 40 0.33 0.28 5.3 0.52

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 14 11 33 9 10 40 0.34 0.29 5.3 0.40

6mm Arctic Blue 13 11 33 8 9 40 0.33 0.28 5.3 0.41

TS30

6mm Clear 30 15 28 22 15 33 0.44 0.38 5.6 0.69

6mm Green 27 12 28 14 10 33 0.39 0.34 5.6 0.74

6mm Bronze 18 9 28 14 10 33 0.39 0.34 5.6 0.44

6mm Grey 16 8 28 14 9 33 0.40 0.34 5.6 0.35

6mm Evergreen 22 10 28 10 7 33 0.37 0.32 5.6 0.60

6mm Azurlite 24 11 28 10 8 33 0.37 0.31 5.6 0.65

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 19 7 28 14 9 33 0.39 0.34 5.6 0.47

6mm Arctic Blue 18 7 28 10 8 33 0.37 0.31 5.6 0.49

TS35

6mm Clear 34 12 27 26 11 30 0.49 0.42 5.7 0.70

6mm Green 29 10 27 16 7 30 0.42 0.36 5.7 0.69

6mm Bronze 21 8 27 17 8 30 0.43 0.37 5.7 0.50

6mm Grey 18 7 27 16 7 30 0.42 0.36 5.7 0.42

6mm Evergreen 26 9 27 12 7 30 0.38 0.33 5.7 0.67

6mm Azurlite 27 10 27 12 7 30 0.39 0.33 5.7 0.69

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 23 8 27 15 7 30 0.41 0.35 5.7 0.56

6mm Arctic Blue 22 8 27 12 7 30 0.39 0.33 5.7 0.57

TS40

6mm Clear 40 10 23 30 10 26 0.53 0.46 5.9 0.75

6mm Green 34 9 23 19 8 26 0.45 0.39 5.9 0.74

6mm Bronze 23 7 23 19 8 26 0.45 0.39 5.9 0.48

6mm Grey 19 6 23 18 8 26 0.44 0.38 5.9 0.44

6mm Evergreen 30 8 23 14 6 26 0.42 0.36 5.9 0.72

6mm Azurlite 33 9 23 14 7 26 0.41 0.35 5.9 0.79

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 25 6 23 18 8 26 0.44 0.38 5.9 0.56

6mm Arctic Blue 23 6 23 14 8 26 0.41 0.35 5.9 0.57

TS50

6mm Clear 52 6 18 41 6 19 0.65 0.56 5.9 0.80

6mm Green 44 7 17 25 5 18 0.51 0.44 5.9 0.86

6mm Bronze 31 5 17 25 5 18 0.51 0.44 5.9 0.61

6mm Grey 26 5 17 25 5 18 0.51 0.44 5.9 0.51

6mm Evergreen 39 7 17 21 5 18 0.48 0.41 5.9 0.81

6mm Azurlite 42 7 17 21 5 18 0.47 0.41 5.9 0.90

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 33 5 17 24 5 18 0.50 0.43 5.9 0.66

6mm Arctic Blue 33 5 17 21 5 18 0.48 0.41 5.9 0.68

Solarplus SS Series - MonolithicVisible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S2 mittance S1 S2 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SS08

6mm Clear 8 38 39 6 33 48 0.23 0.19 5.0 0.40

6mm Green 7 30 39 5 17 48 0.25 0.22 5.0 0.34

Page 93: 26756730 Glass Handbook

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

1 5 . 0 P E R F O R M A N C E C H A R T S

92* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Solarplus SS Series - Monolithic (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S2 mittance S1 S2 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6mm Bronze 5 16 39 4 15 48 0.26 0.22 5.0 0.19

6mm Grey 4 12 39 4 14 48 0.26 0.22 5.0 0.17

6mm Evergreen 7 24 39 3 12 48 0.26 0.22 5.0 0.27

6mm Azurlite 7 26 39 3 14 48 0.25 0.21 5.0 0.30

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 6 13 39 4 14 48 0.26 0.23 5.0 0.21

6mm Arctic Blue 6 13 39 3 14 48 0.25 0.22 5.0 0.22

SS14

6mm Clear 14 29 34 10 24 43 0.29 0.25 5.1 0.49

6mm Green 13 24 34 7 13 43 0.29 0.25 5.1 0.45

6mm Bronze 8 13 34 6 12 43 0.29 0.25 5.1 0.28

6mm Grey 7 10 34 6 11 43 0.28 0.25 5.1 0.24

6mm Evergreen 11 18 34 5 10 43 0.28 0.24 5.1 0.39

6mm Azurlite 12 21 34 5 12 43 0.28 0.24 5.1 0.41

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 11 22 34 6 12 43 0.29 0.25 5.1 0.39

6mm Arctic Blue 12 23 34 6 12 43 0.29 0.25 5.1 0.40

SS22

6mm Clear 22 20 31 15 19 38 0.36 0.31 5.4 0.60

6mm Green 19 16 31 10 12 38 0.34 0.29 5.4 0.52

6mm Bronze 13 11 31 10 11 38 0.34 0.30 5.4 0.38

6mm Grey 11 9 31 10 10 38 0.34 0.29 5.4 0.32

6mm Evergreen 16 14 31 7 9 38 0.32 0.28 5.4 0.48

6mm Azurlite 17 16 31 7 10 38 0.32 0.28 5.4 0.52

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 14 12 31 9 11 38 0.33 0.29 5.4 0.41

6mm Arctic Blue 13 12 31 7 11 38 0.32 0.27 5.4 0.41

Solarplus SC Series - MonolithicVisible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S2 mittance S1 S2 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SC22

6mm Clear 23 20 30 18 16 33 0.33 0.29 3.82 0.68

6mm Green 19 16 30 10 9 33 0.27 0.23 3.82 0.70

6mm Bronze 13 10 30 11 10 33 0.28 0.24 3.82 0.46

6mm Grey 11 9 30 11 10 33 0.27 0.24 3.82 0.42

6mm Evergreen 17 13 30 8 8 33 0.25 0.22 3.82 0.66

6mm Azurlite 18 15 30 8 9 33 0.25 0.22 3.82 0.72

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 14 10 30 10 10 33 0.27 0.23 3.82 0.53

6mm Arctic Blue 14 10 30 8 10 33 0.25 0.22 3.82 0.54

SC30

6mm Clear 31 15 26 26 12 27 0.42 0.36 3.84 0.73

6mm Green 25 11 25 15 7 27 0.32 0.28 3.84 0.77

6mm Bronze 15 9 27 15 7 27 0.32 0.28 3.84 0.48

6mm Grey 14 8 25 15 7 27 0.32 0.28 3.84 0.44

6mm Evergreen 22 10 26 11 9 27 0.28 0.24 3.84 0.78

6mm Azurlite 22 11 26 12 9 27 0.29 0.25 3.84 0.76

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 17 9 26 15 7 27 0.32 0.28 3.84 0.53

6mm Arctic Blue 17 9 26 12 7 27 0.30 0.25 3.84 0.55

Page 94: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

93* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Solarplus SC Series - Monolithic (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Substrate Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S2 mittance S1 S2 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SC40

6mm Clear 42 10 17 37 7 18 0.60 0.52 5.98 0.70

6mm Green 36 9 18 20 6 19 0.47 0.40 5.98 0.76

6mm Bronze 24 7 18 19 6 19 0.46 0.40 5.98 0.52

6mm Grey 26 7 18 20 6 19 0.47 0.40 5.98 0.56

6mm Evergreen 32 8 18 15 5 19 0.43 0.37 5.98 0.75

6mm Azurlite 35 9 18 15 5 19 0.43 0.37 5.98 0.81

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 29 7 18 19 6 19 0.46 0.40 5.98 0.62

6mm Arctic Blue 28 7 18 15 6 19 0.43 0.37 5.98 0.64

Solarplus TE/TS Series - LaminateVisible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

TE10

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 10 25 23 5 33 30 0.26 0.22 6.15 0.38

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 10 25 23 5 32 29 0.26 0.22 6.07 0.38

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 10 24 23 5 29 29 0.27 0.23 5.98 0.35

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 9 24 22 4 29 26 0.26 0.22 5.90 0.36

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 5 9 25 3 13 33 0.31 0.27 6.15 0.16

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 5 9 25 3 13 32 0.31 0.27 6.07 0.15

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 5 9 24 3 13 29 0.31 0.26 5.98 0.15

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 5 9 24 3 12 29 0.31 0.26 5.90 0.15

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 6 11 25 3 16 33 0.30 0.25 6.15 0.19

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 6 11 25 3 16 32 0.30 0.25 6.07 0.19

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 6 11 24 3 16 29 0.30 0.25 5.98 0.19

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 5 10 24 3 14 29 0.30 0.26 5.90 0.18

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 8 17 25 4 24 33 0.28 0.24 6.15 0.29

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 8 17 25 4 23 32 0.28 0.24 6.07 0.29

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 8 17 24 4 23 29 0.28 0.24 5.98 0.28

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 8 16 24 4 21 29 0.28 0.24 5.90 0.28

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 9 18 25 5 27 33 0.28 0.24 6.15 0.30

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 8 18 25 4 26 32 0.27 0.24 6.07 0.31

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 8 18 24 4 26 29 0.27 0.23 5.98 0.30

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 8 17 24 4 24 29 0.27 0.24 5.90 0.30

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 9 15 22 4 21 30 0.29 0.25 6.15 0.31

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 8 15 21 4 20 29 0.29 0.25 6.07 0.28

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 8 15 21 4 19 28 0.29 0.25 5.98 0.28

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 8 15 21 4 19 27 0.29 0.25 5.90 0.28

TS21

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 25 23 22 17 27 25 0.39 0.33 6.15 0.64

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 24 23 22 16 26 24 0.37 0.32 6.07 0.66

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 24 22 22 15 24 24 0.37 0.32 5.98 0.65

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 23 22 21 14 24 22 0.36 0.31 5.90 0.65

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 12 9 23 10 11 27 0.38 0.32 6.15 0.32

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 12 9 22 10 11 26 0.37 0.32 6.07 0.32

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 12 9 22 9 11 24 0.36 0.31 5.98 0.33

Page 95: 26756730 Glass Handbook

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

1 5 . 0 P E R F O R M A N C E C H A R T S

Solarplus TE/TS Series - Laminate (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 12 8 22 9 10 24 0.36 0.31 5.90 0.32

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 15 10 23 12 14 27 0.38 0.33 6.15 0.38

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 14 10 22 11 13 26 0.38 0.32 6.07 0.37

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 14 10 22 10 13 24 0.36 0.31 5.98 0.39

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 14 10 22 10 12 24 0.36 0.31 5.90 0.38

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 21 16 23 15 20 24 0.39 0.33 6.15 0.53

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 20 16 23 14 19 26 0.38 0.33 6.07 0.53

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 20 16 22 13 19 24 0.37 0.32 5.98 0.53

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 19 16 22 13 18 24 0.37 0.32 5.90 0.52

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 21 17 23 16 23 27 0.38 0.33 6.15 0.56

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 21 17 23 15 22 26 0.38 0.32 6.07 0.55

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 20 17 22 14 22 24 0.37 0.32 5.98 0.55

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 20 16 22 14 20 24 0.37 0.32 5.90 0.54

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 21 15 20 15 18 24 0.39 0.34 6.15 0.54

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 21 15 20 14 17 23 0.39 0.32 6.07 0.54

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 20 14 19 13 16 22 0.38 0.33 5.98 0.53

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 20 14 19 12 16 22 0.37 0.32 5.90 0.54

TS30

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 35 17 17 26 19 19 0.48 0.41 6.15 0.73

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 34 17 17 25 18 18 0.47 0.40 6.07 0.73

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 33 16 17 23 17 18 0.46 0.40 5.98 0.73

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 33 16 16 22 17 17 0.45 0.39 5.90 0.72

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 17 7 17 15 9 19 0.43 0.37 6.15 0.40

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 17 7 16 15 9 18 0.42 0.36 6.07 0.40

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 16 7 16 14 9 17 0.41 0.35 5.98 0.40

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 16 7 16 13 9 17 0.40 0.34 5.90 0.40

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 20 9 17 18 11 19 0.44 0.38 6.15 0.46

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 20 9 16 17 11 18 0.43 0.37 6.07 0.46

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 20 9 16 16 11 17 0.42 0.36 5.98 0.46

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 19 8 16 15 10 17 0.41 0.35 5.90 0.46

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 29 13 17 23 16 19 0.47 0.40 6.15 0.61

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 28 13 17 22 15 18 0.47 0.39 6.07 0.60

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 28 13 16 21 15 17 0.45 0.39 5.98 0.61

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 27 12 16 19 14 17 0.43 0.37 5.90 0.63

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 30 14 17 24 17 19 0.47 0.40 6.15 0.64

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 29 13 17 23 17 18 0.46 0.39 6.07 0.63

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 29 13 16 22 17 17 0.45 0.39 5.98 0.63

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 28 13 16 21 15 17 0.44 0.38 5.90 0.63

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 30 11 14 22 13 17 0.47 0.40 6.15 0.64

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 29 11 14 21 13 16 0.46 0.39 6.07 0.63

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 28 11 13 20 13 15 0.45 0.38 5.98 0.62

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 28 11 13 19 12 15 0.44 0.38 5.90 0.64

TS35

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 41 15 15 31 17 17 0.45 0.41 6.15 0.91

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 40 15 15 30 16 16 0.52 0.45 6.07 0.77

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 39 14 15 28 15 15 0.50 0.43 5.98 0.78

94* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 96: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

Solarplus TE/TS Series - Laminate (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 38 14 14 27 15 15 0.49 0.43 5.90 0.78

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 20 7 15 18 8 17 0.45 0.39 6.15 0.44

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 20 7 14 18 8 16 0.45 0.39 6.07 0.44

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 19 7 14 17 8 15 0.44 0.38 5.98 0.43

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 19 7 14 16 8 15 0.43 0.37 5.90 0.44

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 23 8 14 22 10 17 0.48 0.41 6.15 0.48

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 23 8 14 20 10 16 0.46 0.40 6.07 0.50

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 23 8 14 19 10 15 0.45 0.38 5.98 0.51

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 22 8 14 18 9 15 0.44 0.38 5.90 0.50

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 34 11 15 28 14 17 0.51 0.44 6.15 0.67

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 33 11 15 27 13 16 0.51 0.44 6.07 0.65

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 33 11 14 26 13 15 0.50 0.43 5.98 0.66

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 32 10 14 25 13 15 0.48 0.42 5.90 0.67

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 35 12 15 29 15 17 0.52 0.45 6.15 0.67

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 34 12 15 28 15 16 0.51 0.44 6.07 0.67

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 34 11 14 26 15 15 0.49 0.42 5.98 0.69

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 33 11 14 25 13 15 0.48 0.42 5.90 0.69

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 28 9 11 21 9 11 0.47 0.41 6.15 0.59

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 27 9 11 19 8 10 0.46 0.39 6.07 0.59

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 26 9 10 18 8 10 0.45 0.38 5.98 0.59

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 26 9 10 17 8 10 0.44 0.37 5.90 0.59

TS40

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 47 13 13 36 15 14 0.58 0.50 6.15 0.81

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 46 13 13 34 14 14 0.56 0.48 6.07 0.82

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 45 12 13 32 13 13 0.55 0.47 5.98 0.82

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 44 12 12 31 13 13 0.53 0.46 5.90 0.83

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 23 6 12 21 8 15 0.48 0.41 6.15 0.48

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 23 6 12 20 7 14 0.47 0.40 6.07 0.48

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 22 6 12 19 7 13 0.46 0.39 5.98 0.48

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 22 6 12 18 7 13 0.45 0.38 5.90 0.48

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 27 7 12 25 9 15 0.51 0.44 6.15 0.54

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 27 7 12 23 9 14 0.49 0.42 6.07 0.55

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 26 7 12 22 9 13 0.48 0.41 5.98 0.54

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 26 7 12 21 8 13 0.47 0.40 5.90 0.54

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 39 10 13 32 12 15 0.55 0.48 6.15 0.70

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 38 10 13 30 11 14 0.54 0.46 6.07 0.70

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 37 10 12 28 11 13 0.52 0.45 5.98 0.71

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 36 10 12 27 11 13 0.51 0.44 5.90 0.71

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 40 11 13 34 13 15 0.57 0.49 6.15 0.71

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 39 11 13 32 12 14 0.54 0.47 6.07 0.73

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 38 10 12 30 12 13 0.53 0.46 5.98 0.72

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 37 10 12 29 12 13 0.52 0.45 5.90 0.72

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 40 9 10 30 10 13 0.54 0.47 6.15 0.74

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 39 9 10 29 10 12 0.53 0.46 6.07 0.74

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 38 9 10 28 10 12 0.52 0.45 5.98 0.73

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 37 9 10 26 9 11 0.51 0.44 5.90 0.7395

* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 97: 26756730 Glass Handbook

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

1 5 . 0 P E R F O R M A N C E C H A R T S

Solarplus TE/TS Series - Laminate (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

TS50

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 49 8 8 38 7 7 0.62 0.54 6.15 0.80

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 48 8 8 36 7 7 0.61 0.52 6.07 0.79

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 47 8 8 35 6 7 0.59 0.51 5.98 0.80

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 46 8 8 33 6 6 0.57 0.49 5.90 0.81

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 24 5 7 23 5 6 0.50 0.43 6.15 0.49

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 24 5 7 21 5 6 0.49 0.42 6.07 0.48

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 23 5 7 20 5 6 0.48 0.41 5.98 0.48

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 23 5 7 19 5 6 0.47 0.40 5.90 0.48

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 29 6 7 26 5 7 0.53 0.45 6.15 0.54

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 28 5 7 25 5 6 0.52 0.44 6.07 0.54

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 27 5 7 24 5 6 0.51 0.43 5.98 0.54

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 27 5 7 22 5 6 0.49 0.43 5.90 0.55

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 41 7 8 34 6 7 0.59 0.50 6.15 0.69

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 40 7 7 32 6 7 0.57 0.49 6.07 0.70

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 39 7 7 30 6 6 0.56 0.48 5.98 0.69

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 38 7 7 29 6 6 0.54 0.47 5.90 0.70

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 42 7 8 36 6 7 0.61 0.52 6.15 0.69

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 41 7 8 34 6 7 0.59 0.51 6.07 0.70

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 40 7 7 32 6 6 0.57 0.49 5.98 0.71

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 39 6 7 31 6 6 0.56 0.48 5.90 0.70

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 42 5 5 33 5 5 0.59 0.50 6.15 0.71

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 41 5 5 31 5 5 0.57 0.49 6.07 0.71

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 40 5 5 29 5 5 0.55 0.47 5.98 0.72

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 39 5 5 28 5 5 0.54 0.46 5.90 0.72

Solarplus SS Series - LaminateVisible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SS08

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 9 43 33 7 40 31 0.28 0.24 6.15 0.32

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 9 42 32 7 38 30 0.26 0.22 6.07 0.34

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 9 40 32 6 35 30 0.26 0.22 5.98 0.33

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 8 40 31 6 35 27 0.25 0.22 5.90 0.34

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 4 11 43 4 14 40 0.32 0.28 6.15 0.14

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 4 11 42 4 13 38 0.32 0.27 6.07 0.13

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 4 11 40 4 13 35 0.31 0.27 5.98 0.14

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 4 11 40 4 12 35 0.31 0.27 5.90 0.13

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 5 14 43 5 17 40 0.31 0.27 6.15 0.17

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 5 14 42 5 16 38 0.32 0.27 6.07 0.16

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 5 14 40 4 16 35 0.31 0.27 5.98 0.16

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 5 13 40 4 15 35 0.30 0.26 5.90 0.16

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 7 24 43 6 25 40 0.30 0.26 6.15 0.25

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 7 23 42 6 24 38 0.30 0.26 6.07 0.24

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 7 23 40 6 24 35 0.29 0.25 5.98 0.24

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 7 23 40 5 22 35 0.29 0.25 5.90 0.2496

* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 98: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

9 7* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Solarplus SS Series - Laminate (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 8 25 43 7 28 40 0.29 0.25 6.15 0.27

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 8 25 42 6 27 38 0.29 0.25 6.07 0.26

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 7 25 40 6 25 35 0.29 0.25 5.98 0.25

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 7 24 40 6 24 35 0.29 0.25 5.90 0.25

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 8 22 40 6 22 37 0.31 0.26 6.15 0.26

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 7 22 39 6 21 36 0.31 0.26 6.07 0.23

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 7 22 37 5 21 33 0.30 0.25 5.98 0.23

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 7 21 37 5 19 32 0.30 0.26 5.90 0.23

SS14

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 16 32 28 13 30 28 0.34 0.29 6.15 0.47

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 16 31 27 12 29 27 0.33 0.28 6.07 0.47

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 15 30 27 12 26 27 0.33 0.29 5.98 0.46

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 15 30 26 11 26 24 0.33 0.28 5.90 0.45

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 8 10 32 8 13 30 0.35 0.31 6.15 0.23

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 8 10 31 7 12 29 0.35 0.30 6.07 0.22

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 8 10 30 7 12 26 0.34 0.29 5.98 0.22

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 7 10 30 7 11 26 0.34 0.29 5.90 0.21

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 9 12 32 9 15 30 0.36 0.31 6.15 0.26

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 9 12 31 8 15 29 0.35 0.30 6.07 0.26

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 9 12 30 8 15 26 0.34 0.29 5.98 0.26

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 9 12 30 8 14 26 0.34 0.30 5.90 0.26

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 13 20 32 11 23 30 0.34 0.29 6.15 0.39

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 13 20 31 11 22 29 0.34 0.30 6.07 0.38

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 13 20 30 10 22 26 0.33 0.29 5.98 0.38

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 12 19 30 10 20 26 0.34 0.29 5.90 0.36

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 14 22 32 12 25 30 0.34 0.30 6.15 0.40

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 13 21 31 12 24 29 0.35 0.30 6.07 0.38

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 13 21 30 11 24 26 0.33 0.29 5.98 0.39

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 13 20 30 10 22 26 0.33 0.28 5.90 0.38

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 14 19 29 11 20 27 0.35 0.30 6.15 0.40

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 13 19 28 11 19 26 0.35 0.31 6.07 0.37

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 13 19 27 10 19 24 0.34 0.30 5.98 0.38

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 13 18 27 9 17 24 0.34 0.29 5.90 0.38

SS22

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 23 26 21 18 27 23 0.40 0.35 6.15 0.58

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 23 26 21 17 26 22 0.38 0.33 6.07 0.59

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 22 25 21 16 24 22 0.38 0.32 5.98 0.58

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 21 25 20 15 24 20 0.37 0.31 5.90 0.58

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 11 8 26 11 11 27 0.38 0.33 6.15 0.30

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 11 8 25 10 10 26 0.38 0.33 6.07 0.29

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 11 8 24 10 10 24 0.37 0.32 5.98 0.29

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 11 8 24 9 10 24 0.36 0.31 5.90 0.29

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 13 10 26 12 13 27 0.39 0.34 6.15 0.34

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 13 10 25 12 13 26 0.38 0.33 6.07 0.34

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 13 10 24 11 13 24 0.37 0.32 5.98 0.35

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 13 10 24 10 12 24 0.36 0.31 5.90 0.35

Page 99: 26756730 Glass Handbook

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

1 5 . 0 P E R F O R M A N C E C H A R T S

Solarplus SS Series - Laminate (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 19 16 26 16 19 27 0.40 0.34 6.15 0.48

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 19 15 25 15 18 26 0.39 0.34 6.07 0.47

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 18 15 24 14 18 24 0.38 0.33 5.98 0.48

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 18 15 24 13 17 24 0.37 0.32 5.90 0.48

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 20 17 26 17 21 27 0.40 0.35 6.15 0.49

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 19 16 25 16 20 26 0.39 0.34 6.07 0.49

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 19 16 25 15 20 24 0.38 0.33 5.98 0.49

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 18 16 25 14 18 24 0.38 0.32 5.90 0.48

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 19 14 23 15 16 25 0.40 0.34 6.15 0.48

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 19 14 22 15 15 24 0.40 0.35 6.07 0.48

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 19 14 22 14 15 21 0.39 0.34 5.98 0.49

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 18 13 22 13 14 21 0.38 0.33 5.90 0.47

Solarplus SC Series - LaminateVisible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SC22

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 22 23 23 17 19 18 0.40 0.35 6.15 0.54

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 21 23 22 16 18 17 0.40 0.34 6.07 0.53

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 21 22 22 15 17 17 0.39 0.34 5.98 0.53

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 20 22 22 14 17 16 0.38 0.33 5.90 0.53

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 11 9 23 10 9 19 0.39 0.33 6.15 0.27

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 10 9 22 9 9 18 0.37 0.32 6.07 0.28

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 10 9 22 9 9 17 0.37 0.32 5.98 0.27

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 10 9 22 8 8 17 0.36 0.31 5.90 0.28

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 13 11 23 11 11 19 0.39 0.33 6.15 0.32

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 12 10 22 11 10 18 0.39 0.33 6.07 0.31

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 12 11 22 10 10 17 0.37 0.32 5.98 0.32

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 12 10 22 10 10 17 0.37 0.32 5.90 0.32

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 18 17 23 15 15 19 0.40 0.35 6.15 0.44

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 17 17 23 14 14 18 0.40 0.34 6.07 0.43

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 17 17 22 13 14 17 0.39 0.33 5.98 0.43

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 17 16 22 13 13 17 0.39 0.33 5.90 0.42

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 18 18 23 16 16 19 0.41 0.35 6.15 0.45

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 18 18 23 15 16 18 0.40 0.34 6.07 0.45

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 18 18 22 14 16 17 0.39 0.33 5.98 0.45

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 17 17 22 13 15 17 0.38 0.32 5.90 0.45

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 18 15 20 14 12 16 0.41 0.35 6.15 0.44

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 18 15 20 14 12 16 0.40 0.35 6.07 0.44

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 17 15 19 13 12 15 0.39 0.34 5.98 0.44

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 17 15 19 12 11 15 0.38 0.33 5.90 0.44

SC30

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 29 16 16 25 14 14 0.48 0.42 6.15 0.61

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 29 16 16 23 14 13 0.47 0.41 6.07 0.61

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 28 16 16 22 13 13 0.46 0.40 5.98 0.61

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 27 15 15 21 13 12 0.45 0.39 5.90 0.6198

* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 100: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

Solarplus SC Series - Laminate (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 15 7 16 14 8 14 0.42 0.36 6.15 0.35

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 14 7 16 14 7 14 0.42 0.36 6.07 0.34

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 14 7 15 13 7 13 0.41 0.35 5.98 0.34

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 14 7 15 12 7 13 0.40 0.34 5.90 0.34

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 17 8 16 17 9 14 0.44 0.38 6.15 0.39

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 17 8 16 16 8 14 0.43 0.37 6.07 0.39

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 16 8 15 15 8 13 0.42 0.36 5.98 0.39

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 16 8 15 14 8 13 0.41 0.35 5.90 0.39

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 24 12 16 22 12 14 0.47 0.41 6.15 0.51

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 24 12 16 20 11 14 0.45 0.39 6.07 0.52

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 23 12 15 19 11 13 0.44 0.38 5.98 0.53

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 23 12 15 18 10 13 0.44 0.38 5.90 0.51

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 25 13 16 23 13 14 0.47 0.41 6.15 0.53

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 25 13 16 22 12 14 0.46 0.40 6.07 0.53

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 24 13 15 21 12 13 0.46 0.39 5.98 0.52

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 23 12 15 20 11 13 0.45 0.39 5.90 0.52

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 25 11 13 21 9 12 0.47 0.41 6.15 0.53

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 24 11 13 20 9 11 0.46 0.40 6.07 0.53

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 24 10 13 19 9 11 0.45 0.39 5.98 0.52

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 23 10 13 8 9 11 0.44 0.38 5.90 0.53

SC40

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 40 12 12 34 9 9 0.58 0.50 6.15 0.69

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 39 12 11 32 9 8 0.56 0.48 6.07 0.70

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 38 11 11 30 8 8 0.55 0.47 6.98 0.69

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 37 11 11 29 8 6 0.53 0.46 6.09 0.70

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 20 6 11 20 6 8 0.48 0.41 6.15 0.41

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 19 6 11 19 6 8 0.47 0.40 6.07 0.41

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 19 6 11 18 6 8 0.45 0.39 5.98 0.42

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 18 6 11 17 6 8 0.44 0.38 5.90 0.42

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 23 7 11 23 6 9 0.50 0.43 6.15 0.47

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 23 7 11 22 6 8 0.49 0.42 6.07 0.47

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 22 7 11 21 6 8 0.48 0.41 5.98 0.46

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 22 7 11 20 6 8 0.47 0.40 5.90 0.46

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 33 9 11 30 8 9 0.55 0.47 6.15 0.60

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 32 9 11 28 7 8 0.54 0.46 6.07 0.60

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 32 9 11 27 7 8 0.52 0.45 5.98 0.61

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 31 9 11 25 7 8 0.50 0.43 5.90 0.61

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 34 10 12 32 8 9 0.57 0.49 6.15 0.60

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 33 10 11 30 8 9 0.55 0.47 6.07 0.61

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 33 9 11 29 8 8 0.54 0.46 5.98 0.60

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 32 9 11 27 7 8 0.52 0.45 5.90 0.61

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 34 6 7 29 6 7 0.55 0.47 6.15 0.61

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 33 8 9 27 6 6 0.53 0.46 6.07 0.62

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 32 8 9 26 6 6 0.52 0.45 5.98 0.62

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 32 7 9 25 6 6 0.51 0.44 5.90 0.62

99* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 101: 26756730 Glass Handbook

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

1 5 . 0 P E R F O R M A N C E C H A R T S

Solarplus SL Series - LaminateVisible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SL20

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 20 23 23 17 22 22 0.40 0.34 6.15 0.50

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 20 22 22 16 21 21 0.39 0.33 6.07 0.50

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 19 22 22 15 19 21 0.38 0.33 5.98 0.50

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 19 22 22 14 19 19 0.37 0.32 5.90 0.50

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 10 9 23 10 10 21 0.38 0.33 6.15 0.26

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 10 9 22 10 10 21 0.38 0.33 6.07 0.25

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 9 9 21 9 10 19 0.37 0.31 5.98 0.25

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 9 9 21 9 9 19 0.37 0.32 5.90 0.25

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 12 11 23 12 12 21 0.38 0.33 6.15 0.31

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 11 10 22 11 12 21 0.38 0.33 6.07 0.30

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 11 10 22 10 12 19 0.37 0.32 5.98 0.30

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 11 10 21 10 11 19 0.37 0.32 5.90 0.29

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 17 17 23 15 18 22 0.39 0.34 6.15 0.42

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 16 17 22 14 17 21 0.39 0.33 6.07 0.41

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 16 17 22 13 17 19 0.37 0.32 5.98 0.42

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 15 16 22 13 16 19 0.38 0.32 5.90 0.41

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 17 18 23 16 19 22 0.40 0.34 6.15 0.43

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 17 18 22 15 19 21 0.39 0.33 6.07 0.43

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 16 18 22 14 19 19 0.38 0.32 5.98 0.43

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 16 17 22 14 17 19 0.38 0.33 5.90 0.42

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 17 18 23 15 17 21 0.40 0.34 6.15 0.43

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 17 17 22 14 16 21 0.39 0.34 6.07 0.44

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 16 17 22 13 16 19 0.38 0.33 5.98 0.42

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 16 17 22 12 15 19 0.37 0.32 5.90 0.43

SL30

6.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 33 19 19 28 19 19 0.50 0.43 6.15 0.66

8.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 32 19 19 27 18 18 0.49 0.42 6.07 0.66

10.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 32 18 19 25 17 18 0.47 0.41 5.98 0.67

12.38mm Clear Interlayer (S2) 31 18 18 24 17 17 0.46 0.40 5.90 0.67

6.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 16 8 19 17 9 19 0.44 0.38 6.15 0.37

8.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 16 8 18 16 9 18 0.43 0.37 6.07 0.37

10.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 16 8 18 15 9 17 0.42 0.36 5.98 0.37

12.38mm Grey Interlayer (S3) 15 8 18 14 9 17 0.41 0.35 5.90 0.37

6.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 19 9 19 19 11 19 0.45 0.39 6.15 0.43

8.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 19 9 18 18 11 18 0.44 0.38 6.07 0.43

10.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 18 9 18 17 11 17 0.43 0.37 5.98 0.43

12.38mm Bronze Interlayer (S3) 18 9 18 16 10 17 0.42 0.36 5.90 0.43

6.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 27 14 19 25 16 19 0.48 0.41 6.15 0.57

8.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 27 14 19 23 15 18 0.47 0.40 6.07 0.57

10.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 26 14 18 22 15 17 0.46 0.39 5.98 0.57

12.38mm Green Interlayer (S3) 25 14 18 21 14 17 0.45 0.39 5.90 0.56

6.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 28 15 19 26 17 19 0.49 0.42 6.15 0.58

8.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 28 15 19 25 17 18 0.48 0.41 6.07 0.57

10.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 27 15 18 24 17 17 0.47 0.40 5.98 0.57

12.38mm Cool Blue Interlayer (S3) 26 14 18 22 15 17 0.45 0.39 5.90 0.58100

* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 102: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

Solarplus SL Series - Laminate (continued)Visible Properties Solar Properties

Laminate Make-up Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 28 13 16 24 13 17 0.48 0.42 6.15 0.58

8.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 27 13 16 23 13 16 0.47 0.41 6.07 0.58

10.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 27 13 15 21 13 15 0.45 0.39 5.98 0.59

12.38mm Azure Blue Interlayer (S3) 26 12 15 20 12 15 0.45 0.38 5.90 0.58

Twin-Glaze Body Tint

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Clear Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6mm Clear 76 14 14 64 11 11 0.83 0.72 2.8 0.92

6mm Green 68 12 14 39 7 11 0.57 0.49 2.8 1.19

6mm Bronze 45 7 12 39 7 10 0.57 0.49 2.8 0.79

6mm Grey 38 6 12 38 7 10 0.56 0.47 2.8 0.68

6mm Evergreen 58 11 14 26 6 10 0.44 0.38 2.8 1.33

6mm Azurlite 63 11 13 26 6 10 0.44 0.38 2.8 1.42

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 52 9 13 33 6 10 0.52 0.45 2.8 1.00

6mm Arctic Blue 50 9 13 27 6 10 0.46 0.39 2.8 1.08

6mm Optigray 20 5 12 15 5 10 0.32 0.28 2.8 0.63

6mm Supergrey 8 4 11 6 4 9 0.23 0.20 2.8 0.33

Twin-Glaze Body Tints with Low E

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Low E (Surface 3) Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6mm Clear 72 18 17 50 14 13 0.76 0.65 2.0 0.94

6mm Green 61 14 16 31 8 12 0.52 0.45 2.0 1.17

6mm Bronze 43 9 15 31 8 12 0.52 0.44 2.0 0.83

6mm Grey 35 8 15 29 8 12 0.49 0.42 2.0 0.71

6mm Evergreen 53 12 16 21 7 12 0.39 0.33 2.0 1.37

6mm Azurlite 57 13 16 21 13 16 0.39 0.33 2.0 1.47

6mm Panasap Dark Blue 47 10 15 28 7 12 0.47 0.41 2.0 1.00

6mm Arctic Blue 45 10 15 23 6 12 0.41 0.35 2.0 1.10

6mm Optigray 19 6 15 12 5 12 0.27 0.23 2.0 0.69

6mm Supergrey 7 4 14 5 4 11 0.18 0.15 2.0 0.38

Twin-Glaze Solarplus TE/TS Series

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Clear Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

TE10 (S2)

6mm TE10 on Clear 9 19 30 5 21 32 0.17 0.14 2.3 0.53

TS21 (S2)

6mm TS21 on Clear 19 19 34 12 20 32 0.25 0.22 2.5 0.76

6mm TS21 on Green 17 15 34 8 12 32 0.22 0.19 2.5 0.75

6mm TS21 on Bronze 12 11 34 7 11 32 0.21 0.18 2.5 0.56

6mm TS21 on Grey 9 8 34 7 10 32 0.22 0.19 2.5 0.42101

* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 103: 26756730 Glass Handbook

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

1 5 . 0 P E R F O R M A N C E C H A R T S

Twin-Glaze Solarplus TE/TS Series (continued)

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Clear Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6mm TS21 on Evergreen 14 16 34 6 8 32 0.20 0.17 2.5 0.72

6mm TS21 on Azurlite 15 16 34 6 9 32 0.20 0.18 2.5 0.77

6mm TS21 on Panasap Dark Blue 12 11 34 7 10 32 0.22 0.19 2.5 0.55

6mm TS21 on Arctic Blue 12 11 34 6 9 32 0.21 0.18 2.5 0.58

TS30 (S2)

6mm TS30 on Clear 27 16 31 18 15 27 0.33 0.28 2.6 0.83

6mm TS30 on Green 26 13 30 11 10 27 0.27 0.23 2.6 0.96

6mm TS30 on Bronze 16 9 30 11 10 27 0.27 0.23 2.6 0.57

6mm TS30 on Grey 13 8 30 11 9 27 0.27 0.23 2.6 0.47

6mm TS30 on Evergreen 20 10 30 8 7 27 0.24 0.20 2.6 0.83

6mm TS30 on Azurlite 22 12 30 8 8 27 0.23 0.20 2.6 0.94

6mm TS30 on Panasap Dark Blue 17 7 30 11 9 27 0.26 0.23 2.6 0.64

6mm TS30 on Arctic Blue 16 7 30 8 8 27 0.23 0.20 2.6 0.70

TS35 (S2)

6mm TS35 on Clear 31 13 29 21 14 25 0.37 0.32 2.6 0.84

6mm TS35 on Green 26 10 29 13 7 25 0.28 0.24 2.6 0.93

6mm TS35 on Bronze 19 8 29 14 8 25 0.30 0.25 2.6 0.64

6mm TS35 on Grey 16 7 29 12 7 25 0.28 0.24 2.6 0.56

6mm TS35 on Evergreen 23 10 29 9 7 25 0.25 0.21 2.6 0.92

6mm TS35 on Azurlite 24 11 29 9 7 25 0.25 0.22 2.6 0.97

6mm TS35 on Panasap Dark Blue 21 8 29 12 7 25 0.28 0.24 2.6 0.74

6mm TS35 on Arctic Blue 20 8 29 10 7 25 0.25 0.22 2.6 0.80

TS40 (S2)

6mm TS40 on Clear 35 11 26 24 11 23 0.41 0.35 2.7 0.85

6mm TS40 on Green 30 10 26 15 8 23 0.32 0.27 2.7 0.94

6mm TS40 on Bronze 20 7 26 15 8 23 0.32 0.27 2.7 0.61

6mm TS40 on Grey 17 6 26 14 8 23 0.31 0.26 2.7 0.55

6mm TS40 on Evergreen 27 8 26 11 6 23 0.28 0.24 2.7 0.96

6mm TS40 on Azurlite 29 9 26 11 7 23 0.27 0.24 2.7 1.08

6mm TS40 on Panasap Dark Blue 22 6 26 14 8 23 0.31 0.26 2.7 0.72

6mm TS40 on Arctic Blue 21 6 26 11 8 23 0.27 0.23 2.7 0.77

TS50 (S2)

6mm TS50 on Clear 46 9 22 33 7 19 0.51 0.44 2.7 0.91

6mm TS50 on Green 39 8 22 20 6 18 0.37 0.32 2.7 1.06

6mm TS50 on Bronze 28 6 22 20 6 18 0.37 0.32 2.7 0.75

6mm TS50 on Grey 23 5 22 19 6 18 0.37 0.32 2.7 0.62

6mm TS50 on Evergreen 35 8 21 16 6 18 0.34 0.29 2.7 1.02

6mm TS50 on Azurlite 38 8 21 16 6 18 0.33 0.29 2.7 1.14

6mm TS50 on Panasap Dark Blue 30 6 22 19 6 18 0.36 0.31 2.7 0.82

6mm TS50 on Arctic Blue 29 6 22 17 6 18 0.34 0.29 2.7 0.85

102* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 104: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

Twin-Glaze Solarplus SS Series

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Clear Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SS08 (S2)

6mm SS08 on Clear 7 38 39 5 33 37 0.15 0.13 2.3 0.47

6mm SS08 on Green 6 30 39 4 23 37 0.15 0.13 2.3 0.40

6mm SS08 on Bronze 8 13 39 3 15 37 0.16 0.13 2.3 0.47

6mm SS08 on Grey 4 13 39 3 14 37 0.16 0.14 2.3 0.26

6mm SS08 on Evergreen 6 28 39 2 12 37 0.15 0.13 2.3 0.37

6mm SS08 on Azurlite 6 31 39 2 14 37 0.15 0.13 2.3 0.41

6mm SS08 on Panasap Dark Blue 8 13 39 3 14 37 0.16 0.14 2.3 0.47

6mm SS08 on Arctic Blue 7 13 39 2 14 37 0.15 0.13 2.3 0.49

SS14 (S2)

6mm SS14 on Clear 13 29 36 8 24 34 0.20 0.17 2.3 0.65

6mm SS14 on Green 12 24 36 6 17 34 0.20 0.17 2.3 0.60

6mm SS14 on Bronze 7 15 36 5 14 34 0.18 0.15 2.3 0.41

6mm SS14 on Grey 6 11 36 4 12 34 0.17 0.15 2.3 0.35

6mm SS14 on Evergreen 10 18 36 4 10 34 0.17 0.15 2.3 0.58

6mm SS14 on Azurlite 11 21 36 4 12 34 0.17 0.14 2.3 0.62

6mm SS14 on Panasap Dark Blue 10 22 36 5 12 34 0.18 0.16 2.3 0.56

6mm SS14 on Arctic Blue 11 23 36 5 12 34 0.18 0.16 2.3 0.58

SS22 (S2)

6mm SS22 on Clear 20 20 33 12 19 31 0.26 0.22 2.5 0.75

6mm SS22 on Green 17 16 33 8 12 31 0.22 0.19 2.5 0.77

6mm SS22 on Bronze 12 11 33 8 11 31 0.22 0.19 2.5 0.53

6mm SS22 on Grey 10 9 33 8 10 31 0.23 0.19 2.5 0.41

6mm SS22 on Evergreen 14 14 33 6 9 31 0.20 0.17 2.5 0.70

6mm SS22 on Azurlite 15 16 33 6 10 31 0.20 0.17 2.5 0.75

6mm SS22 on Panasap Dark Blue 12 12 33 7 11 31 0.22 0.19 2.5 0.55

6mm SS22 on Arctic Blue 12 12 33 6 11 31 0.20 0.17 2.5 0.59

Twin-Glaze Solarplus SC Series

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Clear Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SC22 (S2)

6mm SC22 on Clear 20 22 32 14 17 27 0.29 0.25 2.6 0.70

6mm SC22 on Green 17 16 32 8 9 27 0.23 0.20 2.6 0.74

6mm SC22 on Bronze 12 10 32 9 10 27 0.24 0.21 2.6 0.49

6mm SC22 on Grey 10 9 32 8 10 27 0.24 0.20 2.6 0.43

6mm SC22 on Evergreen 15 13 32 6 8 27 0.21 0.18 2.6 0.71

6mm SC22 on Azurlite 16 15 32 6 9 27 0.21 0.18 2.6 0.78

6mm SC22 on Panasap Dark Blue 13 10 32 8 10 27 0.23 0.20 2.6 0.56

6mm SC22 on Arctic Blue 12 10 32 6 10 27 0.21 0.18 2.6 0.58

SC30 (S2)

6mm SC30 on Clear 28 16 28 21 13 24 0.37 0.32 2.6 0.75

6mm SC30 on Green 22 12 28 12 7 24 0.28 0.24 2.6 0.79

6mm SC30 on Bronze 14 9 29 12 7 24 0.28 0.24 2.6 0.49103

* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 105: 26756730 Glass Handbook

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

1 5 . 0 P E R F O R M A N C E C H A R T S

Twin-Glaze Solarplus SC Series (continued)

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Clear Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6mm SC30 on Grey 13 8 28 12 7 24 0.28 0.24 2.6 0.45

6mm SC30 on Evergreen 20 10 28 9 9 24 0.24 0.21 2.6 0.81

6mm SC30 on Azurlite 20 11 28 10 9 24 0.25 0.22 2.6 0.79

6mm SC30 on Panasap Dark Blue 15 9 28 12 7 24 0.28 0.24 2.6 0.55

6mm SC30 on Arctic Blue 15 9 28 10 7 24 0.26 0.22 2.6 0.57

SC40 (S2)

6mm SC40 on Clear 38 12 22 29 8 18 0.47 0.40 2.7 0.80

6mm SC40 on Green 32 10 22 16 6 19 0.33 0.28 2.7 0.97

6mm SC40 on Bronze 22 8 22 15 6 19 0.32 0.27 2.7 0.67

6mm SC40 on Grey 23 8 22 15 6 19 0.33 0.28 2.7 0.71

6mm SC40 on Evergreen 29 9 22 11 5 19 0.28 0.24 2.7 1.03

6mm SC40 on Azurlite 31 10 22 11 5 19 0.28 0.24 2.7 1.11

6mm SC40 on Panasap Dark Blue 26 8 22 15 6 19 0.32 0.27 2.7 0.80

6mm SC40 on Arctic Blue 25 8 22 11 6 19 0.28 0.24 2.7 0.88

Twin-Glaze Solarplus TE/TS Series

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Low E (Surface 3) Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

TE10 (S2)

6mm TE10 on Clear 9 24 30 4 24 27 0.14 0.12 1.9 0.63

TS21 (S2)

6mm TS21 on Clear 18 20 33 10 20 28 0.22 0.19 1.9 0.82

6mm TS21 on Green 16 15 33 7 12 28 0.16 0.15 1.9 0.97

6mm TS21 on Bronze 11 11 33 6 11 28 0.18 0.15 1.9 0.61

6mm TS21 on Grey 9 8 33 6 10 28 0.18 0.16 1.9 0.48

6mm TS21 on Evergreen 14 16 33 5 8 28 0.17 0.14 1.9 0.79

6mm TS21 on Azurlite 14 16 33 5 9 28 0.17 0.15 1.9 0.85

6mm TS21 on Panasap Dark Blue 12 11 33 6 10 28 0.18 0.16 1.9 0.64

6mm TS21 on Arctic Blue 11 11 33 6 9 28 0.17 0.15 1.9 0.67

TS30 (S2)

6mm TS30 on Clear 26 15 30 15 16 25 0.29 0.25 1.9 0.88

6mm TS30 on Green 24 10 27 10 10 25 0.23 0.19 1.9 1.06

6mm TS30 on Bronze 15 7 29 10 10 25 0.23 0.19 1.9 0.63

6mm TS30 on Grey 12 6 29 10 9 25 0.23 0.19 1.9 0.52

6mm TS30 on Evergreen 19 11 29 7 7 25 0.19 0.17 1.9 0.98

6mm TS30 on Azurlite 20 12 29 7 8 25 0.19 0.17 1.9 1.07

6mm TS30 on Panasap Dark Blue 16 7 29 9 9 25 0.22 0.19 1.9 0.71

6mm TS30 on Arctic Blue 15 7 29 7 8 25 0.19 0.16 1.9 0.80

TS35 (S2)

6mm TS35 on Clear 29 14 29 18 12 23 0.33 0.28 2.0 0.88

6mm TS35 on Green 25 10 29 11 7 23 0.24 0.21 2.0 1.02

6mm TS35 on Bronze 18 8 29 12 8 23 0.25 0.22 2.0 0.72

6mm TS35 on Grey 15 7 29 11 7 23 0.24 0.21 2.0 0.62

6mm TS35 on Evergreen 22 10 29 8 7 23 0.21 0.18 2.0 1.02104

* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 106: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

Twin-Glaze Solarplus TE/TS Series (continued)

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Low E (Surface 3) Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

6mm TS35 on Azurlite 23 11 29 8 7 23 0.21 0.18 2.0 1.09

6mm TS35 on Panasap Dark Blue 19 8 29 10 7 23 0.24 0.20 2.0 0.81

6mm TS35 on Arctic Blue 19 8 29 8 7 23 0.21 0.18 2.0 0.90

TS40 (S2)

6mm TS40 on Clear 34 12 26 20 11 21 0.36 0.31 2.0 0.93

6mm TS40 on Green 28 9 26 13 9 21 0.27 0.23 2.0 1.04

6mm TS40 on Bronze 18 6 26 13 9 21 0.27 0.23 2.0 0.68

6mm TS40 on Grey 16 6 25 12 8 21 0.26 0.23 2.0 0.63

6mm TS40 on Evergreen 25 9 26 9 6 21 0.23 0.20 2.0 1.10

6mm TS40 on Azurlite 27 10 26 9 7 21 0.23 0.20 2.0 1.19

6mm TS40 on Panasap Dark Blue 21 6 26 12 8 21 0.26 0.23 2.0 0.80

6mm TS40 on Arctic Blue 20 6 26 9 8 21 0.23 0.20 2.0 0.85

TS50 (S2)

6mm TS50 on Clear 43 10 23 27 8 18 0.46 0.40 2.0 0.93

6mm TS50 on Green 36 9 23 16 6 17 0.32 0.28 2.0 1.13

6mm TS50 on Bronze 26 6 23 16 6 17 0.32 0.28 2.0 0.80

6mm TS50 on Grey 21 6 23 16 6 17 0.32 0.27 2.0 0.66

6mm TS50 on Evergreen 32 8 22 14 6 17 0.29 0.25 2.0 1.10

6mm TS50 on Azurlite 35 9 22 13 6 17 0.29 0.25 2.0 1.19

6mm TS50 on Panasap Dark Blue 27 6 23 16 6 17 0.31 0.27 2.0 0.87

6mm TS50 on Arctic Blue 27 6 23 14 6 17 0.29 0.25 2.0 0.92

Twin-Glaze Solarplus SS Series

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Low E (Surface 3) Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SS08 (S2)

6mm SS08 on Clear 8 37 37 4 33 32 0.13 0.11 1.9 0.60

6mm SS08 on Green 7 29 37 4 17 32 0.13 0.11 1.9 0.55

6mm SS08 on Bronze 7 13 37 3 15 32 0.13 0.11 1.9 0.55

6mm SS08 on Grey 4 13 37 3 14 32 0.13 0.11 1.9 0.30

6mm SS08 on Evergreen 5 28 37 2 12 32 0.12 0.11 1.9 0.44

6mm SS08 on Azurlite 6 31 37 2 14 32 0.12 0.10 1.9 0.48

6mm SS08 on Panasap Dark Blue 7 13 37 3 14 32 0.13 0.11 1.9 0.55

6mm SS08 on Arctic Blue 7 13 37 2 14 32 0.12 0.10 1.9 0.58

SS14 (S2)

6mm SS14 on Clear 12 30 35 7 25 28 0.17 0.15 1.9 0.70

6mm SS14 on Green 10 23 35 5 15 28 0.15 0.13 1.9 0.67

6mm SS14 on Bronze 7 15 35 4 14 28 0.15 0.13 1.9 0.45

6mm SS14 on Grey 6 12 35 4 12 28 0.15 0.13 1.9 0.37

6mm SS14 on Evergreen 9 18 35 3 10 28 0.14 0.12 1.9 0.65

6mm SS14 on Azurlite 10 21 35 3 12 28 0.14 0.12 1.9 0.69

6mm SS14 on Panasap Dark Blue 9 23 35 4 12 28 0.15 0.13 1.9 0.63

6mm SS14 on Arctic Blue 10 23 35 4 12 28 0.15 0.13 1.9 0.65105

* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 107: 26756730 Glass Handbook

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

1 5 . 0 P E R F O R M A N C E C H A R T S

Twin-Glaze Solarplus SS Series (continued)

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Low E (Surface 3) Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SS22 (S2)

6mm SS22 on Clear 18 20 31 10 19 27 0.22 0.19 1.9 0.83

6mm SS22 on Green 15 17 32 7 12 27 0.19 0.16 1.9 0.78

6mm SS22 on Bronze 11 12 32 7 11 27 0.19 0.16 1.9 0.58

6mm SS22 on Grey 9 10 32 6 10 27 0.18 0.15 1.9 0.49

6mm SS22 on Evergreen 13 14 32 5 9 27 0.16 0.14 1.9 0.83

6mm SS22 on Azurlite 14 16 32 5 10 27 0.16 0.14 1.9 0.88

6mm SS22 on Panasap Dark Blue 12 12 32 6 11 27 0.18 0.15 1.9 0.64

6mm SS22 on Arctic Blue 11 12 32 5 11 27 0.16 0.14 1.9 0.69

Twin-Glaze Solarplus SC Series

6mm Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Low E (Surface 3) Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

SC22 (S2)

6mm SC22 on Clear 19 22 31 12 17 24 0.25 0.22 1.9 0.76

6mm SC22 on Green 16 16 31 7 9 24 0.19 0.16 1.9 0.84

6mm SC22 on Bronze 11 10 31 7 10 24 0.20 0.17 1.9 0.55

6mm SC22 on Grey 10 10 31 7 10 24 0.20 0.17 1.9 0.49

6mm SC22 on Evergreen 14 13 31 5 8 24 0.17 0.15 1.9 0.83

6mm SC22 on Azurlite 15 15 31 5 9 24 0.17 0.15 1.9 0.90

6mm SC22 on Panasap Dark Blue 12 10 31 7 10 24 0.19 0.16 1.9 0.63

6mm SC22 on Arctic Blue 11 10 31 5 10 24 0.17 0.15 1.9 0.67

SC30 (S2)

6mm SC30 on Clear 26 16 28 18 13 22 0.33 0.28 2.0 0.79

6mm SC30 on Green 21 12 28 10 7 22 0.24 0.20 2.0 0.86

6mm SC30 on Bronze 13 9 28 10 7 22 0.24 0.20 2.0 0.54

6mm SC30 on Grey 12 8 27 10 7 22 0.24 0.20 2.0 0.50

6mm SC30 on Evergreen 18 11 28 7 9 22 0.20 0.17 2.0 0.92

6mm SC30 on Azurlite 19 12 28 8 9 22 0.21 0.18 2.0 0.89

6mm SC30 on Panasap Dark Blue 14 9 28 10 7 22 0.24 0.20 2.0 0.60

6mm SC30 on Arctic Blue 14 9 28 8 7 22 0.21 0.18 2.0 0.66

SC40 (S2)

6mm SC40 on Clear 35 12 23 24 9 17 0.42 0.36 2.0 0.82

6mm SC40 on Green 30 11 23 13 6 18 0.28 0.24 2.0 1.05

6mm SC40 on Bronze 20 8 23 12 6 18 0.27 0.23 2.0 0.73

6mm SC40 on Grey 22 8 23 13 6 18 0.28 0.24 2.0 0.77

6mm SC40 on Evergreen 26 9 23 10 5 18 0.23 0.20 2.0 1.15

6mm SC40 on Azurlite 29 11 23 10 5 18 0.23 0.20 2.0 1.24

6mm SC40 on Panasap Dark Blue 23 8 23 12 6 18 0.27 0.23 2.0 0.87

6mm SC40 on Arctic Blue 23 8 23 10 6 18 0.23 0.20 2.0 0.98

106* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 108: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

15

.0

P

ER

FO

RM

AN

CE

C

HA

RT

S

Twin-Glaze Solarplus Low E (LE80 and LE54)

6mm Low E (Surface 2) Outer Glass/12mm Air Space/6mm Clear Inner GlassVisible Properties Solar Properties

Outer Glass Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Trans- Reflectance Reflectance Shading Solar Heat U-value Luminous

mittance S1 S4 mittance S1 S4 Coeff. Gain Coeff. (W/m2.K) Efficacy

LE80 (S2)

6mm LE80 on Clear 68 11 16 42 22 25 0.57 0.49 1.8 1.20

6mm LE80 on Green 60 10 16 25 9 25 0.39 0.34 1.8 1.54

6mm LE80 on Bronze 37 7 16 22 10 25 0.36 0.31 1.8 1.02

6mm LE80 on Grey 31 6 16 21 10 25 0.34 0.30 1.8 0.91

6mm LE80 on Evergreen 50 8 16 17 8 25 0.29 0.25 1.8 1.73

6mm LE80 on Azurlite 55 9 16 19 9 25 0.32 0.27 1.8 1.71

6mm LE80 on Panasap Dark Blue 44 8 16 21 10 25 0.34 0.30 1.8 1.29

6mm LE80 on Arctic Blue 43 8 16 17 8 25 0.30 0.26 1.8 1.42

LE54 (S2)

6mm LE54 on Clear 48 12 13 28 22 23 0.41 0.35 1.8 1.17

6mm LE54 on Green 42 11 13 17 12 23 0.29 0.25 1.8 1.45

6mm LE54 on Bronze 26 7 13 15 10 23 0.27 0.23 1.8 0.95

6mm LE54 on Grey 22 6 13 14 10 23 0.26 0.23 1.8 0.83

6mm LE54 on Evergreen 35 10 13 11 8 23 0.23 0.20 1.8 1.53

6mm LE54 on Azurlite 38 11 13 13 9 23 0.24 0.21 1.8 1.60

6mm LE54 on Panasap Dark Blue 31 8 13 14 10 23 0.26 0.23 1.8 1.18

6mm LE54 on Arctic Blue 30 8 13 12 8 23 0.23 0.20 1.8 1.30

107* Calculations are based on ASHRAE Standard Summer Conditions

Page 109: 26756730 Glass Handbook

GLOSSARYGLOSSARY16.0

16

.0

G

LO

SS

AR

Y

1 6 . 0 G L O S S A R Y

GlossaryGlossary

Absorption

That portion of total incident radiation that is

absorbed by the glass and subsequently re-

radiated either outside or inside.

Acoustics

The science of sound, and sound control.

Adipic Acid

A weak organic acid whose function is to

neutralise any bases produced by the prolonged

contact of moisture with the glass surface.

Ambient Temperature

Temperature of the surrounding air (˚C).

Annealing

In the manufacturing of float glass, it is the

process of controlled cooling done in a lehr to

prevent residual stresses in the glass. Re-

annealing is the process of removing

objectionable stresses in glass by re-heating

to a suitable temperature followed by

controlled cooling.

Annealing Lehr

An on-line, controlled heating/cooling

apparatus located after the tin bath and before

the cooling conveyor of a float glass

production line. Its purpose is to relieve

induced stress from the flat glass product to

allow normal cold end processing.

Anodise

To apply a hard corrosion resistant oxide film

onto the surface of aluminium using electrolysis.

Arriss

A small bevel at an angle of approximately

45 degrees to the surface of the glass applied

usually with a wet or dry belt, stone or machine.

16.1Aspect Ratio

The quotient of the long side of a glazingpanel over the short side of that panel.

Attenuation

The reduction of sound intensity (or signalstrength) with distance. Attenuation is theopposite of amplification, and is measured indecibels.

Autoclave

A vessel that employs high pressure andheat to produce a bond between glass andPVB or urethane sheet, creating a laminatedglass product.

Backer Rod

A polyethylene or polyurethane foam materialinstalled under compression and used tocontrol sealant joint depth, provide a surface forsealant tooling, serve as a bond breaker toprevent three-sided adhesion, and provide anhour glass contour of the finished sealant bead.

Bead

A strip of timber, aluminium or other suitablematerial secured to the rebate to retain theglass in place (sometimes referred to asglazing bead).

Bent Glass

(See Curved Glass.)

Bevelling

The process of edge finishing flat glass to abevel angle.

Bite

Also referred to as structural bite, is the widthof silicone sealant that is applied to the panelof glass to adhere it to the frame.

Blisters

A profusion of bubbles or gaseous inclusionsin the glass. Small bubbles less than 2mmdiameter referred to as seeds.108

Page 110: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

16

.0

G

LO

SS

AR

Y

Bloom

A surface film on the glass resulting from

atmospheric attack or deposition by smoke or

other vapours.

Body Tinted Glass

(See Tinted Glass.)

Bow (and Warp)

A curve, bend or other deviation from flatness

in glass.

Breather (Tube) Units

An insulating glass unit with a tube factory-

placed into the unit’s spacer to accommodate

pressure differences encountered in shipping

due to change in elevation. These tubes are to

be sealed on the job site prior to unit

installation. (See also Capillary Tubes.)

Brilliant Cut

Decorative process in which designs are cut into

the glass with abrasive and polishing wheels.

British Thermal Unit (BTU)

The amount of energy required to raise one

pound water to 170˚F.

Bubbles

In float glass, a gaseous inclusion.

In laminated glass, a gas pocket in the

interlayer material or between the glass and

the interlayer.

Bullet Resistant Glass

A multiple lamination of glass and plastic that

is designed to resist penetration from

medium-to-super-power small arms and high-

power rifles.

Butt Glazing

The installation of glass products where the

vertical glass edges are glazed with silicone

and without structural supporting mullions.

Capillary Tube Units

An insulating glass unit with a very small metal

tube of specific length and inside diameter

factory-placed into the unit’s spacer to

accommodate pressure differences

encountered in shipping because of substantial

changes in elevation and the pressure

differences encountered daily after installation.

(See also Breather Tubes.)

C.T.S

Abbreviation for cut-to-size glass.

Cast-In-Place Lamination

Lamination process where the interlayer is a

liquid poured between the glass and then

chemically cured to produce the final product.

Casting

Process of shaping glass by pouring into a

mould or onto a table.

Channel Depth

The measurement from the sight line of the

frame to the bottom of the channel.

Channel Glazing (Pocket Glazing)

A three sided, U-shaped opening in a sash or

frame to accommodate a glass panel. Beads

maybe fixed or removable.

Channel Width

The distance between the stationary and

removable beads at the widest point.

Chemically Toughened Glass

Chemical strengthening of glass is brought

about through a process known as ion-

exchange. Glass is submersed in a molten salt

bath at temperatures below the annealing range

of the glass. In the case of soda/lime/silica

glass, the salt bath consists of potassium-

nitrate. During the submersion cycle, the larger

alkali potassium icons exchange places with the

smaller alkali sodium ions in the surface of the

glass. The larger alkali potassium ions ‘wedge’

their way into the voids in the surface created

by the vacating smaller alkali sodium ions. This

‘strengthened’ surface may penetrate to a depth

of only a few microns. It is not a safety glass.

Chip

A small shallow piece of glass which has

become detached from the original glass edge.

Cladding Glass

Special glass usually ceramic painted

(Colourlite) in curtain walls or as a cover to

columns and walls.

(See also Spandrel.)

Clips

Wired spring devices used in face glazing (putty)

to hold glass in sash rebate without beads. 109

Page 111: 26756730 Glass Handbook

16

.0

G

LO

SS

AR

Y

1 6 . 0 G L O S S A R Y

Cohesive Failure

Internal splitting of a sealant resulting from

over stressing and insufficient elasticity and

elongation to absorb the strain.

Colonial Bars

Horizontal or vertical bars that divide the sash

frame into smaller panels of glass. Colonial

bars are smaller in dimensions and weight

than mullions.

Coolness Factor

(See Luminous Efficacy.)

Compound

A chemical formulation of ingredients used

to produce a caulking, elastomeric joint

sealant, etc.

Compression Set

The permanent deformation of a material after

removal of the compressive stress.

Condensation

The appearance of moisture (water vapour) on

the surface of an object caused by warm moist

air coming into contact with a colder object.

Corrosion

The deterioration of metal by chemical or

electrochemical reaction mainly caused by

exposure to moisture and/or chemicals.

Cullet

Broken glass, excess glass from a previous

melt or edges trimmed off when cutting glass

to size. Cullet is an essential ingredient in the

raw glass (batch) mix as it facilitates the

melting process.

Cure

To alter the properties of a sealant by chemical

reaction initiated by the action of air, heat

and/or other catalyst.

Curved Glass

Flat glass which has been shaped while hot

into cylindrical or curved shapes.

Cutting

Scoring glass with a diamond, steel wheel, or

other hard alloy wheel and breaking it along

the score. Other methods of cutting glass

include water jet and laser.

Daylight Size

The clear unsupported opening size that

admits light.

Decorated Glass

Clear or patterned - processed by craftsmen -

stained glass, lead-lights, sandblasted, acid

etched, embossed and screen-printed.

Deflection (Centre of glass)

The amount of bending movement of the centre

of a glass panel perpendicular to the plane of

the glass surface under an applied load.

Desiccant (Silica Gel)

Molecular sieve or extremely porous

crystalline substance used to absorb moisture

inside the air space of insulated glass units.

Design Pressure

Specified pressure a product is designed to

withstand.

Dew Point

The temperature at which condensation of

water begins when air is cooled.

Dice

The more or less cubical pattern of fracture of

fully tempered glass.

Diffusing

Scattering, dispersing, as the tendency to

eliminate a direct beam of light.

Diffuse Reflection

Glass used in picture framing to avoid

reflections and the glare of lighting.

Direct Radiation (Transmittance)

The sun’s emitted solar heat energy, which

reaches us directly in varying intensity, due to

atmospheric conditions. That portion of solar

energy, which is directly transmitted through

the glazing.

Draw Lines

Refers to the direction of flow (or pull) of glass

during production. (See also Sheet Glass.)

Distortion

Alteration of viewed images caused by

variations in glass flatness and is an inherent

characteristic of heat treated glass.110

Page 112: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

16

.0

G

LO

SS

AR

Y

Double Glazing

In general, any use of two panels of glass,

separated by an air space, within an opening,

to improve insulation against heat transfer

and/or sound transmittance. In insulating glass

units the air between the glass sheets is

thoroughly dried and the space is sealed,

eliminating possible condensation and

providing superior insulating properties.

Dry Glazing

Also called compression glazing, this term is

used to describe various means of sealing

monolithic and insulating glass in the

supporting framing system using pre-formed

and extruded materials such as glazing gaskets.

Durometer

An instrument for measuring the relative

hardness of materials such as rubber. Also,

the term often used (loosely) as a synonym for

relative hardness.

Edge Clearance

Nominal spacing between the edge of the

glass and the bottom of the surrounding

glazing pocket (channel).

Edge Cover

The distance between the edge of the glass

and the edge of the rebate forming the sight

opening of the window frame.

Edge Working

Grinding the edge of glass to a desired shape

or finish.

Emissivity

The measure of a surface’s ability to emit

long-wave infra-red radiation.

Environmental Control Glass

The broad name for all types of glass that

have a function in controlling heat, glare, noise

or radiation.

EPDM

A synthetic rubber prepared by polymerising

ethylene, propylene and a diene monomer.

Etch

To alter the surface of glass with hydrofluoric

acid or caustic agents. Permanent etching of

glass may occur from alkali and other run-off

from surrounding building materials.

Fenestration

Any glass panel, window, door, curtain wall or

skylight unit on the exterior of a building.

Fins

Supporting glass panels incorporated into the

design of glass facades installed at 90˚ angle

to the glazed surface.

Figured Glass

(See Patterned Glass.)

Fire-Polish

To make glass smooth or glossy by the action

of fire or intense heat.

Flare

A protrusion on the edge of a panel of a glass.

Flat Glass

A general term that describes float glass,

sheet glass, plate glass and rolled glass.

Float Glass

Glass formed on a bath of molten tin. The

surface in contact with the tin is known as the

tin surface or tin side. The top surface is

known as the atmosphere surface or air side.

Flush Glazing

Glass set in a aluminium frame without any

external mullion or transom projections.

Frosted Finish

A surface treatment for glass, consisting of

acid etching or sandblasting of one or both

surfaces to diffuse transmitted light.

Fully Toughened Glass

Flat or curved glass that has been heat treated

to induce a high surface and /or edge

compression. Fully toughened glass, if broken,

will fracture into many small pieces (dice)

which are more or less cubical. Fully

toughened glass is approximately 4 to 5 times

stronger than annealed glass of the same

thickness when exposed to uniform static

pressure loads. Is sometimes called ‘tempered

glass’.

Gaskets

A pre-formed resilient rubber-like compound

providing a continuous surround for glass and

a weather tight seal when compressed. 111

Page 113: 26756730 Glass Handbook

16

.0

G

LO

SS

AR

Y

1 6 . 0 G L O S S A R Y

Glass

A hard brittle substance, usually transparent,

made by fusing silicates, under high

temperatures with soda, lime, etc.

Glass Clad Polycarbonate

Two or more panels of flat glass bonded with

urethane interlayer to one or more sheets of

extruded polycarbonate in a pressure/

temperature/vacuum laminating process.

Glassflux

A finely ground powder from one or more ‘low

melting’ glasses.

Glazing

The securing of glass in prepared openings.

Glazing Bead

(See Bead.)

Glue Chip

Decorative glass produced by sticking material

onto the glass with a glue. As the glue cures

the material is stripped off the glass, the

surface of which is plucked. This gives a

random pattern.

Head

Top horizontal frame member of window/door

frame.

Heat Absorbing Glass

Glass that absorbs an appreciable amount of

solar energy. (e.g. tinted glass.)

Heat Resisting Glass

Glass able to withstand high thermal shock,

generally because of a low coefficient of

expansion.

Heat Strengthened Glass

Flat or bent glass that has been heat treated

to a specific surface and/or edge compression

range. Heat strengthened glass is

approximately twice as strong as annealed

glass of the same thickness when exposed to

uniform static pressure loads. Heat

strengthened glass is not considered safety

glass and will not completely dice as will fully

toughened glass.

Heat Treated

Term used for both fully toughened glass and

heat strengthened glass.

Heat Transfer

Heat is transferred in the following manner:

Conduction - in which there is direct contact

of molecules in a solid body, for example, the

passage of heat along a metal bar of which

one end is inserted in a fire.

Convection - in which actual movement of the

medium, gas or liquid occurs, for example,

heated air from a convection heater.

Radiation - by which heat passes from source

to object without heating space between them

for example, heat from the sun to earth.

Heel Bead

Sealant applied at the base of a channel, after

setting the panel and before the bead is

installed. One of its purposes is to prevent air

and water ingress.

Hermetically Sealed

Made airtight by fusion or sealing. Referred to

in the manufacture of insulated glass units.

High Transmittance Glass

Glass which transmits an exceptionally high

percentage of visible light.

IGMA

Abbreviation for Insulating Glass

Manufacturers Association.

Insulated Glass Unit (IG unit)

Where two or more panels of glass spaced

apart and hermetically sealed to form a single

unit with an air space between each panel.

(Also see Double Glazing).

Interlayer

Any material used to bond two panels of glass

and/or plastic together to form a laminate.

Jamb

Vertical frame member at the perimeter of the

opening of a window or door.

Knocked Down Condition (KDC)

Fabricated framing components shipped loose

for assembly at another location.

Laminated Glass

Two or more panels of glass permanently

bonded together with one or more interlayers.112

Page 114: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

16

.0

G

LO

SS

AR

Y

Lite

Another term for a panel or pane of glass,

particularly used in the USA.

Live Load

Loads produced by the use and occupancy of

the building or other structure and do not

include construction or environmental loads

such as wind load, snow load, ice load, rain

load, seismic load or dead load.

Low Emissivity (or Low E)

A low rate of emitting absorbed radiant

energy, i.e. long wave infra-red.

Luminous Efficacy

(Light-to-Shading Coefficient Ratio)

The visible transmittance of a glazing system

divided by the shading coefficient. This ratio is

helpful in selecting glazing products for

different climates in terms of those that

transmit more heat than light and those that

transmit more light than heat. Also referred to

as coolness factor.

Modulus

Stress at a given strain. Also tensile strength

at a given elongation.

Monolithic Glass

A single homogeneous piece of glass as

opposed to laminated glass or a insulated

glass unit.

Multiple Glazed Units

Insulated glass units with three or more

insulated panels of glass.

Mullion

A vertical frame member that supports and

holds panels, glass or sashes.

Mirror

Glass silvered on one side producing a highly

reflective surface.

Neoprene

A synthetic rubber with similar properties to

natural rubber, but manufactured without

sulphur for vulcanisation.

Nominal Thickness

The commonly used dimension by which the

thickness is described. NB: Actual thickness of

glass may not coincide with nominal thickness.

One-way Vision

Generic description of a reflective glass, whichif glazed with appropriate lighting ratios,allows visual security to be maintained.

Obscure Glass

(See Patterned Glass.)

Opacifier

Applied polyester film or coating to the surfaceof reflective glass rendering it opaque. Suitablefor use in spandrel and non-vision areas.

Organic

Any compound which consists of carbon andhydrogen with a restricted number of otherelements, such as oxygen, nitrogen, sulphur,phosphorous, chlorine, etc.

Out-gassing

A gaseous bi-product from cleaners, solventsand sealants.

Pane

A single piece of glass in a window or door.

Patterned Glass

One type of rolled glass having a patternimpressed on one or both sides. Usedextensively for light control, bath enclosuresand decorative glazing. Sometimes calledrolled, figured or obscure glass.

Pocket Glazing

(See Channel Glazing.)

Points

Thin, flat, triangular or diamond shaped piecesof zinc used to hold glass in wood sashes bydriving them into the wood.

Polariscope and G.A.S.P. Laser

A device for examining the degree of strain ina sample of glass. (Either edge or surfacecompression).

Polished Plate

Glass that has been ground and polished onboth sides to produce optically high quality.

Polished Wired Glass

Transparent wired glass that has been groundand polished on both surfaces.

Polyvinyl Butyral Interlayer

An extremely tough resilient plastic film used tobond glass together in the laminating process. 113

Page 115: 26756730 Glass Handbook

16

.0

G

LO

SS

AR

Y

1 6 . 0 G L O S S A R Y

Polyisobutylene

Typically the primary seal in a dual seal IG unit

and the key component in restricting moisture

vapour transmittance.

Polysulphide Sealant

Polysulphide liquid polymer sealants. They

can be converted to rubbers at room

temperature without shrinkage upon addition

of a curing agent.

Polyurethane Sealant

An organic compound formed by the reaction

of a glycol with an isocyanate.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)

Polymer formed by polymerisation of vinyl

chloride monomer. Sometimes called vinyl.

Pre-Shimmed Tape Sealant

A sealant having a pre-formed shaped

containing solids or discrete particles that limit

its deformation under compression.

Primer

A coating specifically designed to enhance the

adhesion of sealant systems to certain

surfaces, to form a barrier to prevent migration

of components, or to seal a porous substrate.

Processed

Glass which has undergone further treatment

after manufacture (e.g. laminated, toughened,

curved, silvered, coated etc).

PVC

(See Polyvinyl Chloride.)

Pyrolytic

A glass which has a coating deposited during

the glass manufacturing process. The coating

is fired into the glass surface at 700˚C and is

therefore extremely hard and durable.

Quench Pattern

(See Strain Pattern.)

Racking

A movement or distortion of sash or frames

causing a shape in angularity of corners.

Rebate

An ‘L’ shaped section which can be face

glazed or receive a removable glazing bead to

hold the panel of glass in place.

Reflective Glass

Glass with a metallic coating to reduce solar

heat gain. (See also Solar Control Glass.)

Relative Heat Gain

The amount of heat gain through a glass

product taking into consideration the effects of

solar heat gain (shading coefficient) and

conductive heat gain (U-value). The value is

expressed in (W/m2). The lower the relative heat

the more the glass product restricts heat gain.

Roller-wave Distortion

Waviness imparted to horizontal heat treated

glass while the glass is transported through

the furnace on a roller conveyor. The waves

produce a distortion when the glass is viewed

in reflection.

Rolled Glass

Glass formed by rolling, including patterned

glass and wired glass. (See also Patterned

Glass.)

Rub

A series of small scratches in glass generally

caused during transport by a chip lodged

between two panels.

R-value

The thermal resistance of a glazing system.

The higher the R-value the less heat is

transmitted throughout the glazing material.

The R-value is the reciprocal of the U-value

STC (Sound Transmittance Class)

A single number rating derived from individual

transmittance losses at specified test

frequencies. It is used for interior walls,

ceilings and floors and in the past was also

used for preliminary comparison of the

performance of various glazing materials.

STL (Sound Transmittance Loss)

The reduction of the amount of sound energy

passing through a wall, floor, roof, etc. It is

related to the specific frequency (Hz) at which

it is measured and it is expressed in decibels

(dB). Also called Transmittance Loss (TL).

Sandblasted Finish

A surface treatment for glass obtained by

spraying the glass with hard particles to

roughen one or both surfaces of the glass.114

Page 116: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

16

.0

G

LO

SS

AR

Y

The effect is to increase obscurity and

diffusion, but it makes the glass weaker and

harder to clean.

Safety Glass

Processed glass types which satisfy the

requirements of AS/NZS 2208 for safety

glazing. Laminated, toughened safety glass are

rated Grade A. Wired glass is rated Grade B.

Salt Spray Test

Accelerated corrosion test in which samples

are exposed to a fine mist of salt water.

Primarily used to test silvered glass.

Salvage Edges (Bulb Edge)

The extreme lateral edges of the glass ribbon

which are stripped off and recycled.

Sash

The moveable window frame which contains

the glass pane.

Seeds

Minute bubbles in float glass.

Security Glass

Glass not just designed as Grade A safety but

to also withstand various forms of violent

attack. They are usually special combinations

of laminated glass and can incorporate

toughened glass and polycarbonates - see

G.James ArmaClear range (BR, PA and PS).

Setting Blocks

Generally rectangular, cured extrusions of

neoprene, EPDM, silicone, rubber or other

suitable material on which the glass product

bottom edge is placed to effectively support

the weight of the glass.

Shading Coefficient

Ratio of the solar heat gain through a specific

glass product compared to the solar heat gain

through 3mm clear glass.

Sheet Glass

Refers to the drawn sheet process, which is

pulled up vertically and consequently

embodies inherent lines of distortion. It is a

fire finished glass.

Shadowgraph

A test rig for inspecting glass with respect to

distortion and other defects.

Shelf Life

Used in the glazing and sealant business torefer to the length of time a product may bestored before beginning to lose itseffectiveness. Manufacturers usually state theshelf life and the necessary storage conditionson the package.

Shims

(See Spacers.)

Shore ‘A’ Hardness

Measure of firmness of a compound bymeans of a Durometer Hardness Gauge (Ahardness range of 20-25 is about the firmnessof an art gum eraser. A hardness of 90 isabout the firmness of a rubber heel.

Sight Line

The line along the perimeter of the glazedpanel corresponding to the edge of stationaryor removable bead. The line to which sealantscontacting the glazed panel are sometimesfinished off.

Silicone Sealant

One part or two part elastromeric adhesive,rubber sealant which cures at roomtemperature (also referred to as roomtemperature vulcanising (RTV)). Its inorganiccomposition means silicone sealant isunaffected by UV, ozone and extremes of hotand cold. Further it will not break-down or loseadhesion and for this reason is widely used inmost glazing applications.

Silkscreen

A decorating process in which a design isprinted on glass through a fine silk mesh orsimilar screen.

Sill

The bottom horizontal member of thewindow/door frame.

Silvering

The application by chemical or othermethods of a film of silver to a glass surfaceto create mirrors.

Sloped Glazing

Any installation of glass that is less than 70˚from vertical.

Smoke

Streaked areas appearing as slightdiscolouration on glass. 115

Page 117: 26756730 Glass Handbook

16

.0

G

LO

SS

AR

Y

1 6 . 0 G L O S S A R Y

Solar Control Glass

Tinted and/or coated glass that reduces the

amount of solar heat gain transmitted through

a glazed product.

Solar Energy Reflectance

In the solar spectrum, the percentage of solar

energy that is reflected from the glass surface(s).

Solar Energy Transmittance

The percentage of ultra-violet, visible and infra-

red energy within the solar spectrum that is

transmitted through the glass.

Solar Heat Gain Coefficient

The ratio of directly transmitted and absorbed

solar energy that enters into the building’s

interior (when compared to an open space).

Solar heat gain includes directly transmitted

solar heat and absorbed solar radiation which is

then re-radiated, conducted, or convected.

Spacers (Shims)

Small blocks of neoprene, EPDM, silicone or

other suitable material, placed on each side of

the glass product to provide glass centring,

maintain uniform width of sealant bead and

prevent excessive sealant distortion.

Spandrel

The panel(s) of a wall located between vision

areas of windows which conceal structural

columns, floors and shear walls.

Spectrally Selective Glass

Tinted and/or coated flat glass that selectively

reduces the amount of ultra-violet and infra-

red transmittance.

Stain

Discolouration of either a glass or finished

aluminium surface caused by alkalis that leach

from surrounding materials such as pre-cast or

cast-in-place concrete or from sealants,

pollutants or other contaminants.

Stained Glass

Refers to the craft of lead-lighting - glass

which is coloured by fusing pigments to the

surface or windows made up of pieces of

stained glass.

Stones

Any crystalline inclusion embedded in the glass.

Strain

The percentage of elongation or compressionof a material or portion of a material caused byan applied force.

Strain Pattern

A specific geometric pattern of iridescence ordarkish shadows that may appear under certainlighting conditions, particularly in the presenceof polarised light (also called quench pattern).The phenomena is caused by the localisedstresses imparted by the rapid air cooling ofthe tempering operation. Strain pattern ischaracteristic of all heat treated glass.

Stress (Residual)

Any condition of tension or compressionexisting within the glass, caused byincomplete annealing or induced temperaturegradient during the manufacture of heattreated glass.

Substance

Refers to the thickness of glass expressed in mm.

Surface Modified

Glass whose surface has been modified insuch a way that it reduces solar heat gain byreflection rather than absorption.

Structural Glazing Gaskets

Cured elastomeric channel-shaped extrusionsused in place of a conventional sash to installglass products onto structurally supportingsub-frames, with the pressure of sealingexerted by the insertion of separate lockstripwedging splines.

Structural Silicone Glazing

The use of a silicone sealant for the structuraltransfer of loads from the glass to itsperimeter support system and retention of theglass in opening.

Substrate

A base material to which other materials are applied.

Tape Sealant

A sealant having a pre-formed shape andintended to be used in a joint undercompression.

Thermal Endurance

The relative ability of glass to withstandthermal shock.116

Page 118: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

16

.0

G

LO

SS

AR

Y

Thermal Stress

Stress generated in glasses as a consequence

of temperature differentials such as hot centre

and cold edges (in the frame).

Tinted Glass

Glass with colourants added to the basic glass

batch that give the glass colour, as well as,

light and heat reducing capabilities. The colour

extends throughout the thickness of the glass.

Typical colours include bronze, grey, dark grey,

aquamarine, green, deep green and blue.

Tong Marks

Small, surface indentations near and parallel to

one edge of vertically toughened or vertically

heat strengthened glass resulting from the

tongs used to suspend the glass during the

heat treating process.

Transmittance

The ability of the glass to pass light and/or

heat, usually expressed in percentages (visible

transmittance, thermal transmittance, etc).

Transom

A cross piece which separates a door from a

window above. The horizontal member that

supports panels, glass, sashes or sections of

curtain wall.

Two-Part (Multi-Component) Sealant

A product comprised of a base and curing

agent or accelerator, necessarily packaged in

two separate containers which are uniformly

mixed just prior to use.

Total Heat Gain

The sum of direct solar transmittance plus the

proportion of absorbed energy, which is re-

radiated to the inside of the glazing.

Toughened Glass

(See Fully Toughened Glass)

Ultra-violet

The name of the invisible portion of the light

spectrum with wave lengths shorter than 380

nanometres.

U-value

A measure of air-to-air heat transmittance (loss

or gain) due to thermal conductance and the

difference in indoor and outdoor

temperatures. As the U-value decreases, so

does the amount of heat that is transferred

through the glazing material. The lower the U-

value, the better the insulation.

Vents

Small cracks at the edges of glass that can

lead to breakage.

Vinyl Back Mirror

Organic vinyl backing applied to mirrors that

holds the glass together when broken.

Visible Light Reflectance

The percentage of visible light (380 to 780

nanometres) within the solar spectrum that is

reflected from the glass surface.

Visible Light Transmittance

The percentage of visible light (380 to 780

nanometres) within the solar spectrum that is

transmitted through glass.

Weathering (also Stain)

Attack of a glass surface by atmospheric

elements.

Weep Holes

Small holes or slots in the sash or framing

system which allows water to drain to the

building exterior.

Wet Seal

Application of an elastomeric sealant between

the glass and sash to form a weather-tight seal.

Wired Glass

Rolled glass having a layer of meshed or

stranded wire embedded near to the centre of

thickness of the panel. This glass is available

as polished glass (one or both surfaces) and

patterned glass.

117

i Technical AdvisoryService

Phone: 1800 GJAMES( 4 5 2 6 3 7 )

National Toll Free Number

Page 119: 26756730 Glass Handbook

AP

PE

ND

IX

O

NE

A P P E N D I X O N E

118

Vision / Sloped Glazing

Location

City, town or country where building is located.

Glass Type

Full description required, e.g. IG unitcomprising 6mm TS40 (2) on Green/12mmairspace/6mm Energy Advantage (3).

Glass Sizes

Largest and smallest panel sizes required as thesize of the glass has an effect on thermal stress.

Glass Application

Options are fixed glass, sliding windows anddoors (which include double hung windows)and openable awning or casement sashes.The window configuration may effect thermalstress, e.g. a fully opened sliding door/windowcan act as a double glazed unit increasing theamount of solar absorption to the outer lite.

Glass Orientation

This refers to the aspect of the facadescontaining glass. If glass is installed to all foursides of the building, tick all four boxes. Theangle of the glazing is also required, as glassglazed on a slope is subject to higher solarradiation than panels glazed vertically.

Glazing Type

Options include the following:

• Glass fully glazed (captive) in a frame

• 2-sided captive – vertical is framing only tothe vertical edges with no framing to thehorizontal edges.

• 2-sided captive – horizontal is the reverse of 2-sided captive vertical.

• 4-sided structural is glass retained bysilicone only without any framing.

Frame Material

Options are metal (aluminium/steel),wood/timber or PVC.

Frame Colour

Options include Light (clear anodised, white),Medium (light grey, light blue) or Dark (black,dark bronze).

Overhead Shading

Distance (mm) any overhang, soffit or awningextends beyond the front of the glass.

Mullion Projection

Distance (mm) the mullion extends beyond thefront of the glass.

Transom Projection

Distance (mm) the transom extends beyondthe front of the glass.

How to complete the Thermal Safety Assessment Request

(For further information on Thermal Breakage refer Section 1.11)

Depth of Column

Distance (mm) a column extends beyond thefront of the glass face creating a vertical shadow.

Depth of Set Back

Distance (mm) from extreme building face ofthe glass in a ‘punched’ (recessed) window.

Blinds/Drapes Behind Glass

Will blinds or drapes be installed to the insideof the glass?

Ventilated Airspace

Will the space between blinds/drapes and theglass be ventilated? The criteria for aventilated airspace are:

• A 50mm clearance between the glass andthe shading device

• A 38mm clearance between the top andbottom or one side and bottom betweenshading device and surround

Colour of blinds

Refers to the colour of the blinds/drapes,either light (white) or dark (black).

Venetian Blinds Between Two Glasses

Will venetian blinds be installed between anytwo glasses (i.e. double glazed or jockey sashwindows)?

Gaps (Glass-Blind-Glass)

Distance (mm) between glass to blind to glass.

Spandrel Glass

Glass Type

Full description required, for example 6.38mmTS21 Clear Laminated.

Glass Sizes

Largest and smallest panel sizes required as thesize of the glass has an effect on thermal stress.

Backup Wall

Does the spandrel cavity contain a backup wallof masonry, metal sheeting or other material?

Colour of Backup Wall

Refers to the colour of the backup wallmaterial, either light (white) or dark (black).

Distance from Wall to Glass

Distance (mm) from back of spandrel glass tobackup wall.

Airspace Ventilated

Is there a cavity behind the spandrel glass andis it fully sealed or ventilated (preferable at thetop and bottom) to allow airflow?

NB: If you require assistance in completing the ThermalSafety Assessment Request, please contact our TechnicalAdvisory Service.

Page 120: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

AP

PE

ND

IX

O

NE

1 19

Company Name

Phone No.

Project Reference

Contact

Fax No.

Location

Vision / Sloped Glazing

Glass Type (Full Description)

Spandrel Glass

Glass Type (Full Description)

Signed

PHOTOCOPY, COMPLETE FORM AND SEND TO G.JAMES SAFETY GLASS

Date

Glass Sizes

Largest

Smallest

Glass Application

Fixed Glazed Sliding Windows/Doors

Openable Sash

Glass Orientation

North South East West

Vertical Sloped Angle

Glazing Type

Fully Captive 2-Sided Captive – Vertical

2-Sided Captive – Horizontal 4-Sided Structural

Framing Material

Metal Wood PVC

Frame Colour

Light Medium Dark

Glass Sizes

Largest

Smallest

Backup Wall

Yes No

Backup Wall Colour

Light Dark

Distance from Wall to Glass mm

Airspace Ventilated

Yes No

Overhead Shading mm

Mullion Projection mm

Depth of Column mm

Transom Projection mm

Depth of Set Back mm

Blinds/Drapes Behind Glass

Yes No

Colour of Blinds

Light Dark

Ventilated Air Space

Yes No

Venetian Blind Between Two Glasses

Yes No

Gaps (Glass-Blind-Glass)

mm and mm

The following information is required to conduct a Thermal Safety Assessment. Please complete

all relevant sections. The accuracy of the assessment is based on the information supplied.

G.James Thermal Safety Assessment Request

Page 121: 26756730 Glass Handbook

AP

PE

ND

IX

T

WO

A P P E N D I X T W O

120

Glass Processing Flow Chart

(Possible Combinations)

Raw Float Glass(Clear, Tinted, Super-Tints, On-Line

Solar and Low E Coatings)

Insulated Glass Unit

Heat Treated Glass(Toughened, Heat Strengthened,

Ceramic Painted and Heat Soaked)

Laminated Glass(All interlayer combinations –

thickness and colour)

Airco Coated Glass(Solar and Low E Coatings)

CustomerCustomerCustomer

Customer Customer

Page 122: 26756730 Glass Handbook

G J A M E S I S G L A S S

IN

DE

X

Index

A

acoustic spectrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Amiran. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

anti-bandit glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

aquatic glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

ArmaClear bullet resistant glass

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

- framing & accessories. . . . . . . . . . . 57

- glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

- performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

- product types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

- properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

ArmaClear physical attack glass

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

- framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

- glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

- performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

- product types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

- properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

ArmaClear prison shield glass . . . . . . . 59

Azurlite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

B

back-up material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

balustrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

bevelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

bi-folding doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Borofloat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64,65

Borosilicate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64,65

Brewsters fringes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

brillant cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Broadline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

bullet resistant glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

butt-joint glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

butyl tapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

C

ceiling domes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

ceramic painted glass . . . . . . . . . . . . 26,41

ceramic painted patterned glass . . . . 74

clear float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

coated glass

- definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

- handling criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

coated surface identification . . . . . . . . 11

coincidence dip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

colour perception. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Colourlite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

- properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Contraflam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

conversion factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

convex mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

coolness factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

curved toughened glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

- acceptance criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

- available curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

- glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,81

- maximum sizes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

- measuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

- standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

- terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

cut-outs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

cyclone resistant laminate. . . . . . . . . . . 33

cylinder process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

D

damaged weighted transmission

(Tdw) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

data shielding glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

daylighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

decorative glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

dew point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Diamant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

diffused reflection glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

dry glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

E

edgework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

edge delamination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

elastomeric sealants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

electromagnetic spectrum . . . . . . . . . . 17

electronic security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Evergreen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

F

fade control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Faradays cage principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

figured rolled pattern glass

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

- characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

- types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

finite element analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

fire rated glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

fire rated products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

fire rated systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

- insulated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

- non-reinforced. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

- reinforced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

fire resistant levels (FRL) . . . . . . . . . . . 64

FireLite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64,65

flat grind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

flat polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

flat smooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Flemish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

float glass process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Fourcault process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

frameless entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

frameless showerscreens . . . . . . . . . . . 38

G

Georgian wired glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,72

Glacier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

glass

- assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

- blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,66

- breakage characteristics . . . . . . . . 16

- care and storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

- ceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

- cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12,50

- decorative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 121

- edge condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

- floors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

- history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

- processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

- processing flow chart . . . . . . . . . . 120

- properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

- setting blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

- staining. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

- stair treads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

- strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

- strength design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

- surface identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

- thickness tolerances . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

glazing

- annealed glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

- bullet resistant glass . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

- butt-joint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

- considerations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

- curved glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

- dry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

- heat treated glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

- laminated glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

- physical attack glass . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

- structural . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

- techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

- Twin-Glaze units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

- weatherseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

- wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Glue Chip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

H

heat resistant glass

- Borofloat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

- Borosilicate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

- FireLite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

- glass ceramics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

- toughened. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

- Robax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

heat soak testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

heat strengthened glass

- characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

- properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

heat treated glass

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

- available sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

- characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

- glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

- manufacturing guidelines . . . . . . . 36

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

- process limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

- properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

- strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

I

insulated glass units

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

- characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

- glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

- heat gain/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

- manufacturing guidelines . . . . . . . 53

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

- properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Page 123: 26756730 Glass Handbook

IN

DE

X

I N D E X

122

- solar control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

- spandrel design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

- strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

irregular shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

K

Kosciusko. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

L

laminate mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

laminated glass

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

- benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

- characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16,33

- glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

- strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

lead glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

low E (Low Emissivity) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

low iron glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

luminous efficacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Luxar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

M

mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

- handling & processing. . . . . . . . . . . 60

- installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

- types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

mirror doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

mist free mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

mitre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

N

Narrow Reeded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

neoprene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

New Cathedral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Newtons rings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

nickel sulphide inclusion (NiS). . . . . . 43

non-reflecting glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

notches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

O

Obscura . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

off-line coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

one-way mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

on-line coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

opacifier (organic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Optigray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Optilight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

P

patterned glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Patternlite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

- properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

- types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

performance charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

performance terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

physical attack glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

picture glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

pillowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Polished wired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65,72

prison shield glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

product standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Promaclear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Promaglas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

putty based compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

pyrolytic glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Pyrobel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Pyrostop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Pyroswiss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Q

quality management systems . . . . . . . 83

quench pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

R

RAT equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

reflective glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Robax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

roller-wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

rough arris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Roughcast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

round and polished. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

S

Satinlite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Scintilla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Seadrift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

sealant

- adhesion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

- compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

- selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

- silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

- stain testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

- surface & joint preparation . . . . . . 78

- tooling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Securiflam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

security glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Shade-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

shading coefficient (SC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

shadow boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

silicone applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

silver glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

smooth arris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

solar

- control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

- energy reflectance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

- energy transmittance. . . . . . . . . . . . 18

- heat gain coefficient (SHGC) . . . 18

- spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Solarplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

- coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

- low E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

sound

- acoustic spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

- coincidence dip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

- design levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

- glass performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

- insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

- insulation measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

- intensity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

- perceived loudness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

- traffic noise reduction . . . . . . . . . . . 25

- transmission class (STC) . . . . . . . 25

- transmission loss (STL) . . . . . . . . 25

spandrel design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Sparkle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

special processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

special purpose windows . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Spotswood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

sputtering process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Squarelite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

stacking doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Starphire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

STC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

STL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

stocklines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Strata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

structural glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Supergrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

supertints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

suspended assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Swissflam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

T

Tandarra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

test facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

thermal breakage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

thermal heat transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

thermal safety assessment

request form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

thermal stress

- causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

- factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

tinted float . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

total solar energy transmittance. . . . . 18

toughened glass

- characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

- curved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

- properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

train windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Twin-Glaze units

- applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

- characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

- glazing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

- heat gain/loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

- manufacturing guidelines . . . . . . . 53

- process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

- properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

- solar control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

- spandrel design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

- strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

U

U-value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

units of measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

V

venetian strip mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

visible light reflectance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

visible light transmittance . . . . . . . . . . . 18

W

weatherseal glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

welding glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

wet glazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

wired safety glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

X

X-ray glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Page 124: 26756730 Glass Handbook

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to the many manufacturers

and associations from whose publications we

have sourced information for this handbook. If

we have omitted anyone, it has certainly not

been intentional and we apologise. Thanks

also to the G.James staff who have

contributed to the success of this publication.

G.James wishes to acknowledge the following

for their contributions:

• Dorma

• Dow Corning

• DuPont

• Glaverbel Group

• Guardian Industries Corp.

• Metropolitan Glass (NZ)

• Nippon Electric Glass

• P.T. Asahimas Flat Glass Co. Ltd

• Pilkington (Australia) Limited

• Pilkington United Kingdom Limited

• Pilkington North America

• P.P.G. Industries Inc. (George Fethers & Co.)

• R.E. Mandl & Co. Pty Ltd

• Reed Educational and Professional

Publishing Australia

• Saint-Gobain

• Schott

• Solutia Inc.

• Viracon

• J.Weck GMBH U. Co./Obeco Glass Blocks

Registered Names

• Solarplus, Optilight, Twin-Glaze, ArmaClear,

Colourlite and Patternlite are registered

names of G.James Australia Pty. Ltd

• Arctic Blue, Evergreen, Supergrey, Eclipse,

Georgian, K Glass, Anti-bandit, Reflectafloat,

Pyrostop and Energy Advantage are

registered trade names of Pilkington

• Azurlite, Optigray, Solargreen, Solarcool,

Sungate and Starphire are registered trade

names of PPG Industries Inc.

• Contraflam, Pyroswiss, Securiflam and

Swissflam are registered trade names of

Vetrotech Saint-Gobain International

• Borofloat, Borosilicate, Robax and Amiran

are registered trade names of Schott

• Stopsol and Pyrobel are registered trade

names of Glaverbel

• FireLite is a registered trade name of Nippon

Electric Glass Co. Ltd

• Panasap is a registered trade name of P.T.

Ashimas Flat Glass Co., Ltd

• Diamant is a registered trade name of Saint-

Gobain

• Promaclear is a registered trade name of

Promat Worldwide/Etex Group

• Luxar is a registered trade name of Hy-Tech-

Glass

• Santoprene is a registered trade name of

Monsanto

• AIRCO is a registered trade mane of the

BOC Group

Page 125: 26756730 Glass Handbook

References

• About Glass… – Flachglas AG

• AMIRAN Anti-reflective glass, Transparent

Solution for Exterior/Interior Applications –

Schott Glas

• FireLite, FireLite Applications in Japan –

Nippon Electric Glass

• Glass in Architecture and Decoration –

Raymond McGrath

• Glass in Building, Butterworth Architecture –

Button and Pye

• Glass in Building – Saint-Gobain

• Glass Processing Days 1997, Educational

Glass Conference – Tamglass Engineering

• Glazing Manual, 1997 Edition – Glass

Association of North America

• Guardian Architectural Glass, A Worldwide

Presence – Guardian

• Guardian Industries, Global Product

Selection Guide – Guardian

• Laminated Architectural Glass, 1994

Specification Guide – Monsanto, the

Chemical Group

• LX Radiation Shielding Lead Glass – Nippon

Electric Glass

• Metropolitan Glass Catalogue and Reference

Guide, 4th Edition – Metropolitan Glass

• National Glass Catalogue and Reference Guide

2000, 2nd Edition – National Glass Pty Ltd

• New Zealand Design Trends, The Specifier’s

Guide, Volume 13 No.7 – Trends

• Pilkington Glass and Thermal Safety, January

1980 – Pilkington Flat Glass Limited

• PPG Architectural Glass 1999 – PPG Glass

Technology

• Silicone Structural Glazing Manual – Dow

Corning

• The Glass and Glazing Handbook, 1998 –

Noel C Stokes

Disclaimer

This handbook is the intellectual property of

G.James Australia Pty Ltd and shall not be

reproduced, copied, imitated or extracted from

in any way whatsoever. All rights reserved.

© 2000

While drawing on our experience of almost 90

years in the glass industry, we have also drawn

from industry publications and many

manufacturers literature from around the world.

G.James have been careful and diligent to

ensure the accuracy of all the information

contained in this handbook but to the extent

limited by law G.James accepts no

responsibility for any inaccuracies of any kind.

Due to continual product development,

G.James reserves the right to alter product

specifications without notice.

Page 126: 26756730 Glass Handbook

Sydney

NEW ZEALAND

Auckland

Melbourne

Eagle Farm

Logan City

Narangba

AUSTRALIA

Perth

Singapore

Senai

MALAYSIA

Brisbane

Rockhampton

Mackay

Hervey BayGympieSunshine Coast

Gold CoastLismore

Townsville

Cairns

BundabergGladstone

IpswichToowoomba

QueenslandG.James Safety Glass Pty. Ltd.1007 Kingsford Smith Drive, Eagle Farm, BrisbanePh: 61 7 3877 2866 Fax: 61 7 3877 2295

Other G. James branches are located at:Queensland:Logan City, Narangba, Ipswich, Gold Coast, Toowoomba,Sunshine Coast, Gympie, Hervey Bay, Bundaberg,Gladstone, Rockhampton, Mackay, Townsville & Cairns

New South Wales:LismoreWestern Australia:Perth

Asia Pacific:Auckland (New Zealand) & Singapore

New South WalesG. James Safety Glass Pty. Ltd.26 Long Street, Smithfield, SydneyPh: 61 2 9732 2111 Fax: 61 2 9732 2199

VictoriaG. James Safety Glass Pty. Ltd.217 Rex Road, Campbellfield, MelbournePh: 61 3 9219 2000 Fax: 61 3 9219 2099

Asia PacificG. James Industries (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.Lot 2596, Jalan Perindustrian 3, KawasanPerindustrian Senai Fasa 11, 81 400 Senai, Johor, MalaysiaPh: 60 7 599 3266 Fax: 60 7 599 3212

See us on the web: www.gjames.com.au

H A N D B O O K

glass handbookF

IR

ST

E

DI

TI

ON

RHA0101 gjames h'book cover 1/8/00 12:28 PM Page 1